]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
dlfcn-util: add dlsym_many_and_warn() helper
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246:
4
5 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
6 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
7 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
8
9 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
10 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
11
12 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
13 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
14 based on the NUMA mask.
15
16 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
17 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
18 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
19
20 * Two new unit file settings
21 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
22 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
23 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
24 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
25
26 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
27 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
28 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
29 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
30 instance).
31
32 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
33 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
34 service's processes shall include.
35
36 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
37 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
38 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
39 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
40
41 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
42 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
43 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
44 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
45 depending on socket type.
46
47 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
48 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
49 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
50 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
51 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
52 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
53 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
54 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
55 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
56 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
57
58 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
59 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
60 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
61 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
62 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
63 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
64 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
65 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
66
67 * .service unit files gained two new options
68 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
69 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
70 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
71
72 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
73 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
74 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
75 prefix is used.
76
77 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
78 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
79 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
80 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
81 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
82 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
83
84 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
85 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
86 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
87 finally gone now.
88
89 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
90 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
91 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
92 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
93
94 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
95 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
96 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
97 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
98 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
99 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
100 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
101 which is quite likely a major security problem.
102
103 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
104 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
105 boot.
106
107 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
108 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
109 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
110 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
111 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
112 device.
113
114 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
115 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
116 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
117
118 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
119 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
120 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
121 conditions.
122
123 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
124 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
125 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
126 in order to make test cases more reliable.
127
128 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
129 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
130 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
131 the process that faulted.
132
133 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
134 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
135 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
136
137 * A new 'hwdb' file has been added that collects information about PCI
138 and USB devices that correctly support auto-suspend, on top of the
139 databases for this we import from the ChromiumOS project. If you have
140 a device that supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be
141 enabled by default, please submit a patch that adds it to the
142 database (see /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
143
144 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
145 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
146 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
147 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
148 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
149
150 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
151 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
152 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
153 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
154 frame ring buffer sizes.
155
156 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
157 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
158
159 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
160 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
161
162 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
163 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
164 automatically assigned to the interface.
165
166 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
167 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
168 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces.
169
170 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
171 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
172 source addresses.
173
174 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
175 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
176 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
177 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
178 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
179 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
180 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
181 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
182 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
183 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
184
185 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
186 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
187 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
188 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
189 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
190 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
191 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
192
193 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
194 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
195 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
196 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
197 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
198 the RA packets suggest it.
199
200 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
201 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
202 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
203 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
204
205 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
206 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
207 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
208 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
209 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
210 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
211 field.
212
213 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
214 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
215 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
216 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
217 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
218 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
219
220 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
221 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
222
223 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
224 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
225 the VLAN protocol to use.
226
227 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
228 of the .network files, to control the link group.
229
230 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
231 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
232 link local address is generated.
233
234 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
235 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
236 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
237 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
238 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
239 carefully picking an interface name to use.
240
241 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
242 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
243 the default) an address from any acquired delegated prefix is
244 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
245
246 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
247 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
248
249 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
250 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
251
252 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
253 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
254 are still understood to provide compatibility.
255
256 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
257 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
258 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
259 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
260 interfaces up or down.
261
262 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
263 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
264 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
265 specified hostname.
266
267 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
268 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
269 public DNS servers are not used.
270
271 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
272
273 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
274 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
275 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
276 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
277 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
278 defined by systemd-resolved).
279
280 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
281 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
282 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
283
284 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
285 --property=…".
286
287 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
288 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
289 use --plain.
290
291 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
292 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
293 being deprecated in favor of this option.
294
295 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
296 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
297 process itself.
298
299 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
300 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
301 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
302 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
303 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
304 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
305 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
306 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
307 implementations.
308
309 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
310 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
311 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
312 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
313 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
314 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
315 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
316 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
317 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
318
319 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
320 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
321 initialization.
322
323 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
324 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
325 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
326
327 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
328 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
329 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
330 without any decoration.
331
332 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
333 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
334 coredump data from.
335
336 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
337 the zstd algorithm.
338
339 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
340 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
341 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
342 not block clean file system unmounting.
343
344 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
345 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
346 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
347
348 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
349 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
350 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
351 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
352
353 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
354 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
355
356 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
357 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
358 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
359 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
360 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
361 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
362 instead of operating on actual block devices.
363
364 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
365 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
366
367 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
368 instead of 0.
369
370 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
371 specifier expansion.
372
373 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
374 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
375 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
376 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
377 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
378
379 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
380 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
381 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
382 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
383 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
384
385 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
386 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
387 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
388 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
389 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
390 --fido2-device= option.
391
392 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
393 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
394 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
395 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
396 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
397 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
398 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
399
400 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
401 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
402 changed from ext2 to ext4.
403
404 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
405 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
406 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
407 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
408 before the system continues to boot.
409
410 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
411 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
412 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
413 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
414 instead of at installation time.
415
416 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
417 volumes with automatically from files in
418 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
419 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
420
421 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
422 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
423
424 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
425 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
426 instance.
427
428 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
429 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
430 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
431 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
432
433 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
434 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
435
436 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
437 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
438 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
439 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
440 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
441 any password for the root user (dangerous!). A new --force option may
442 be used to override any already set settings with the parameters
443 specified on the command line (by default, the tool will not override
444 what has already been set before, i.e. is purely incremental).
445
446 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
447 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
448 which it then operates.
449
450 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
451 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
452 directories for various resources.
453
454 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
455 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
456 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
457 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
458 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
459 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
460 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
461 via the new --no-block switch.
462
463 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
464 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
465 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
466 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
467 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
468 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
469 case.
470
471 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
472 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
473 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
474 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
475
476 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
477 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
478 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
479 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
480 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
481
482 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
483 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
484 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
485 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
486 vtable is associated with.
487
488 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
489 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
490 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
491 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
492
493 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
494 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
495 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
496
497 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
498
499 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
500 document the methods, signals and properties.
501
502 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
503 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
504 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
505 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
506 desktops has been added:
507
508 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
509 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
510 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
511
512 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
513 and has now moved to:
514
515 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
516
517 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
518 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
519 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
520 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
521 container underneath /run/hosts. Together, those mechanisms provide a
522 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
523 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
524
525 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
526 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
527 target of the service during runtime.
528
529 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
530 Malafeev, Alin Popa, Amos Bird, Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew
531 Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain, antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes
532 do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera,
533 bemarek, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down,
534 Chris Kerr, Christian Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder,
535 Ciprian Hacman, codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan
536 Callaghan, Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
537 David Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo,
538 Dimitri John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca,
539 Emmanuel Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
540 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
541 Finn, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaoyi, gaurav, Georg
542 Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi,
543 gzjsgdsb, Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic,
544 James T. Lee, Jan Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy
545 Cline, Jérémy Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg
546 Behrmann, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny
547 Levinsen, Kevin Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus,
548 Lénaïc Huard, Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca
549 BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz
550 Stelmach, Maciej S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel
551 Holtmann, Marc Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt
552 Ranostay, Maxim Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman,
553 Michael Gubbels, Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
554 Michal Sekletar, Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, ml,
555 Motiejus Jakštys, nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas
556 Hambüchen, Norbert Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer,
557 Piero La Terza, Pieter Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard
558 Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu,
559 Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian Jennen, sterlinghughes, Susant Sahani, Thomas
560 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
561 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
562 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
563 Korman, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
564 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
565
566 – Warsaw, 2020-07-09
567
568 CHANGES WITH 245:
569
570 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
571 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
572 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
573 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
574 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
575 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
576 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
577 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
578 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
579 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
580 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
581 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
582 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
583 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
584 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
585 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
586 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
587 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
588 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
589 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
590 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
591
592 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
593 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
594 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
595 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
596 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
597 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
598 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
599 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
600 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
601 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
602 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
603 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
604 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
605 that for the first time resource management and various other
606 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
607 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
608 to apply on login. For further details see:
609
610 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
611 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
612 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
613
614 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
615 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
616 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
617 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
618 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
619 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
620 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
621 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
622 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
623
624 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
625
626 For further details about the format and expectations on home
627 directories this new daemon makes, see:
628
629 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
630
631 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
632 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
633 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
634 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
635 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
636 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
637 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
638 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
639 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
640 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
641 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
642 usage limitations and other settings.
643
644 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
645 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
646 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
647 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
648 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
649 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
650 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
651 resource usage.
652
653 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
654 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
655
656 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
657 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
658 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
659 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
660 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
661
662 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
663 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
664 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
665 itself and the default for all other processes.
666
667 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
668 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
669 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
670 database into account.
671
672 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
673 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
674 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
675 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
676
677 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
678 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
679 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
680 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
681 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
682 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
683 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
684 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
685 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
686 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
687
688 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
689 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
690 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
691 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
692 event source watching it is freed).
693
694 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
695 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
696 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
697 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
698
699 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
700 (IFB) network devices.
701
702 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
703 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
704
705 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
706 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
707 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
708 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
709 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
710 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
711
712 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
713 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
714 with its sense inverted.
715
716 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
717 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
718 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
719
720 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
721 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
722 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
723
724 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
725 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
726 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
727 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
728 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
729 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
730 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
731
732 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
733 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
734 debugging purposes.
735
736 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
737 group named differently than the user.
738
739 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
740 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
741 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
742
743 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
744 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
745 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
746 /etc/fstab.
747
748 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
749 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
750 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
751 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
752
753 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
754 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
755 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
756 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
757
758 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
759 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
760 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
761 Bernard.
762
763 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
764 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
765 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
766 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
767 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
768 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
769 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
770 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
771 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
772 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
773 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
774
775 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
776 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
777 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
778 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
779 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
780 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
781 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
782 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
783 command line option.
784
785 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
786 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
787
788 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
789 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
790 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
791 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
792 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
793 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
794 systemd-timedated.
795
796 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
797 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
798 GPT partition table types.
799
800 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
801 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
802 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
803
804 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
805
806 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
807 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
808 for the respective units.
809
810 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
811 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
812 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
813
814 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
815 "status" output.
816
817 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
818 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
819 disappear.
820
821 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
822 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
823 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
824 address is used.
825
826 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
827 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
828 dropped from the individual setting names.
829
830 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
831 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
832 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
833 such files in version 243.
834
835 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
836 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
837 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
838
839 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
840 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
841 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
842
843 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
844 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
845 with stopping and disablement.
846
847 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
848 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
849 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
850 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
851 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
852 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
853 some internal systemd services (most notably
854 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
855 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
856 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
857 this systemd release. See
858 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
859 additional discussion.
860
861 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
862 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
863 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
864 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
865 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
866 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
867 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
868 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
869 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
870 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
871 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
872 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
873 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
874 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
875 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
876 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
877 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
878 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
879 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
880 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
881 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
882 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
883 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
884 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
885 DONG
886
887 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
888
889 CHANGES WITH 244:
890
891 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
892 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
893 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
894 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
895
896 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
897 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
898 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
899 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
900
901 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
902 units.
903
904 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
905 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
906 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
907 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
908 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
909 set the EFI variable.
910
911 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
912 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
913 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
914 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
915 and overrides the systemd setting.
916
917 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
918 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
919 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
920 effect.)
921
922 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
923 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
924 that affects all corresponding unit files.
925
926 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
927 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
928
929 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
930 the unit being shown.
931
932 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
933 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
934 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
935 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
936 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
937
938 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
939 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
940 which need to use them.
941
942 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
943 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
944 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
945 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
946 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
947 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
948 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
949 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
950 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
951 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
952
953 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
954 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
955 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
956 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
957 security tokens that were used previously.
958
959 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
960 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
961 improve power saving with many more devices.
962
963 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
964 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
965 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
966
967 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
968 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
969 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
970 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
971 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
972
973 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
974 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
975 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
976 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
977 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
978
979 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
980 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
981
982 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
983 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
984
985 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
986 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
987 now supported.
988
989 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
990 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
991
992 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
993 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
994 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
995
996 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
997 received from the server.
998
999 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1000 set.
1001
1002 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1003 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1004
1005 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1006 using a new SendOption= setting.
1007
1008 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1009 service type" value used by the client.
1010
1011 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1012 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1013
1014 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1015 a new SendOption= setting.
1016
1017 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1018 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1019
1020 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1021 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1022
1023 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1024 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1025 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1026
1027 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1028 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1029 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1030 BSSID for wireless links.
1031
1032 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1033 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1034
1035 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1036 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1037
1038 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1039 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1040 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1041 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1042 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1043 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1044
1045 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1046
1047 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1048 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1049 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1050 on its own).
1051
1052 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1053 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1054 of the present time.
1055
1056 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1057 reproducible image builds easier).
1058
1059 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1060 Specification.
1061
1062 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1063 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1064 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1065 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1066
1067 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1068 is being used.
1069
1070 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1071
1072 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1073 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1074 path as the system manager.
1075
1076 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1077 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1078 representation").
1079
1080 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1081 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1082 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1083 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1084 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1085 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1086 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1087 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1088
1089 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1090 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1091 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1092 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1093 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1094 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1095 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1096 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1097 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1098 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1099 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1100 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1101 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1102 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1103 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1104 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1105 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1106 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1107 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1108 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1109 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1110 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1111 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1112
1113 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1114
1115 CHANGES WITH 243:
1116
1117 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1118 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1119 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1120 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1121 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1122 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1123 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1124 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1125
1126 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1127 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1128 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1129 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1130 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1131 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1132 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1133 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1134 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1135 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1136 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1137 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1138 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1139 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1140 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1141 documentation.
1142
1143 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1144 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1145 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1146 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1147 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1148 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1149 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1150 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1151 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1152 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1153 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1154 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1155 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1156 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1157 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1158 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1159
1160 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1161 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1162 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1163 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1164
1165 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1166 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1167
1168 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1169 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1170 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1171 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1172 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1173 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1174 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1175 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1176 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1177
1178 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1179 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1180 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1181 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1182 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1183 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1184 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1185 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1186 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1187 packagers.
1188
1189 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1190 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1191
1192 build/man/man systemctl
1193 build/man/html systemd.index
1194
1195 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1196 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1197
1198 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1199 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1200 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1201 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1202 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1203 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1204
1205 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1206 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1207 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1208 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1209 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1210 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1211 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1212 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1213 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1214 unambiguously distinguished.
1215
1216 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1217 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1218 very rarely used.
1219
1220 To replace this functionality, users should:
1221 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1222 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1223 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1224 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1225 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1226
1227 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1228 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1229 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1230 interfaces should really be matched.
1231
1232 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1233 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1234 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1235 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1236 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1237 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1238
1239 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1240 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1241 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1242 stop the whole unit.
1243
1244 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1245 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1246 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1247 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1248 generated whenever a unit stops.
1249
1250 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1251 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1252 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1253 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1254
1255 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1256 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1257 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1258 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1259 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1260
1261 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1262 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1263 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1264 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1265 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1266 programs set up externally.
1267
1268 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1269 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1270 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1271 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1272
1273 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1274 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1275 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1276 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1277 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1278 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1279 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1280
1281 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1282 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1283 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1284 as before.
1285
1286 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1287 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1288 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1289 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1290 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1291 links on terminals that support that.
1292
1293 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1294 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1295 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1296
1297 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1298
1299 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1300 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1301 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1302 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1303 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1304 The default remains unchanged.
1305
1306 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1307 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1308
1309 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1310 udev property.
1311
1312 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1313 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1314 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1315
1316 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1317 interfaces natively.
1318
1319 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1320 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1321 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1322 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1323
1324 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1325 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1326 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
1327 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1328 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1329 RELEASE message when terminating.
1330
1331 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1332 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1333
1334 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1335 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1336 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1337 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1338 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1339 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1340 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1341
1342 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1343 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1344 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1345 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1346 added to the GENEVE support.
1347
1348 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1349 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1350 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1351 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1352 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1353
1354 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1355 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1356 onto the network device.
1357
1358 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1359 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1360 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1361 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1362 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1363
1364 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1365 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1366 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1367
1368 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1369 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1370
1371 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1372 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1373
1374 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1375 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1376 statistics.
1377
1378 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1379 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1380 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1381
1382 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1383 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1384
1385 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1386 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1387 specific udev properties.
1388
1389 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1390 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1391 "lo" as underlying device.
1392
1393 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1394 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1395 IP addresses, too.
1396
1397 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1398 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1399 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1400 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1401
1402 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1403 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1404 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1405 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1406
1407 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1408 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1409 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1410
1411 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1412 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1413 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1414
1415 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1416
1417 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1418 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1419 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1420
1421 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1422 durations as opposed to points in time).
1423
1424 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1425 expressions.
1426
1427 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1428 codes to their names and back.
1429
1430 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1431 file paths and unit aliases.
1432
1433 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1434 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1435 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1436 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1437
1438 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1439 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1440 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1441 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1442 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1443 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1444 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1445 udev rules for that purpose.
1446
1447 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1448 a device to be initialized.
1449
1450 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1451 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1452 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1453
1454 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1455 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1456 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1457 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1458
1459 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1460 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1461 with printf().
1462
1463 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1464 XML introspection data unmodified.
1465
1466 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1467 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1468 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1469 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1470
1471 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1472 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1473 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1474 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1475 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1476 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1477 configured to handle the watchdog.
1478
1479 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1480 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1481 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1482
1483 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1484 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1485 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1486
1487 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1488 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1489 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1490 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1491 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1492
1493 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1494 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1495 review.
1496
1497 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1498 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1499
1500 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1501 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1502
1503 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1504 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1505
1506 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1507 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1508 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1509 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1510
1511 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1512 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1513 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1514 service.
1515
1516 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1517 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1518 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1519 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1520 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1521 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1522 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1523 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1524 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1525 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1526 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1527 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1528
1529 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1530
1531 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1532 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1533 above.
1534
1535 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1536 installed.
1537
1538 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1539 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1540 bootloader entry).
1541
1542 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1543 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1544
1545 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1546
1547 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1548 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1549 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1550 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1551 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1552
1553 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1554 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1555 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1556
1557 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1558 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1559
1560 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1561 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1562 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1563
1564 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1565 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1566 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1567 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1568 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1569 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1570 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1571 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1572 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1573 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1574 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1575 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1576 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1577 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1578 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1579 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1580 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1581 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1582 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1583 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1584 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1585 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1586 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1587 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1588 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1589 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1590 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1591 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1592 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1593 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1594
1595 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1596
1597 CHANGES WITH 242:
1598
1599 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1600 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1601 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1602 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1603 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1604 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1605 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1606
1607 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1608 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1609
1610 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1611 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1612 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1613 may be used to view this.
1614
1615 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1616 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1617 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1618 ```
1619 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1620 [Match]
1621 Type=bridge
1622
1623 [Link]
1624 MACAddressPolicy=none
1625 ```
1626
1627 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1628 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1629 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1630 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1631 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1632 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1633 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1634
1635 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1636 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1637
1638 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1639 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1640
1641 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1642 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1643
1644 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1645 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1646 is a USB peripheral).
1647
1648 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1649 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1650 measured.
1651
1652 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1653 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1654 have privileges to do so).
1655
1656 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1657 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1658 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1659
1660 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1661 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1662 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1663 namespace.
1664
1665 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1666 in which case environment variable substitution is
1667 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1668
1669 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1670 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1671 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1672 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1673 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1674
1675 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1676 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1677 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1678 installed CPU cores.
1679
1680 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1681 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1682 kernel 4.15.
1683
1684 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1685 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1686 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1687 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1688 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1689
1690 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1691 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1692 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1693
1694 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1695 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1696 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1697 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1698 enslaved devices is not operational.
1699
1700 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1701 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1702
1703 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1704 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1705 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1706 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1707 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1708 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1709
1710 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1711 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1712
1713 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1714
1715 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1716 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1717 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1718
1719 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1720 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1721
1722 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1723 configure CAN triple sampling.
1724
1725 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1726 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1727
1728 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1729 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1730 details.
1731
1732 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1733 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1734 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1735 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1736 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1737 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1738
1739 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1740
1741 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1742 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1743 controlling project quota inheritance.
1744
1745 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1746 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1747 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1748 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1749 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1750 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1751 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1752 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1753 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1754 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1755 partition.
1756
1757 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1758 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1759 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1760 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1761 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1762
1763 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1764 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1765
1766 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1767 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1768 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1769 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1770 be used in production yet.
1771
1772 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1773 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1774 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1775 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1776 input, output, and error are set up.
1777
1778 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1779
1780 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1781 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1782 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1783
1784 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1785 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1786 the specified expression will elapse next.
1787
1788 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1789 introspection data.
1790
1791 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1792 the reboot() system call expects.
1793
1794 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1795 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1796 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1797
1798 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1799 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1800 ConditionVirtualization=).
1801
1802 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1803 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1804 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1805 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1806 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1807 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1808 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1809 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1810 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1811 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1812 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1813 during reboot with their own operations.
1814
1815 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1816 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1817 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1818 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1819
1820 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1821 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1822 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1823 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1824 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1825
1826 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1827 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1828
1829 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1830 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1831 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1832 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1833 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1834 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1835 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1836 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1837 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1838
1839 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1840 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1841 prohibited.
1842
1843 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1844 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1845 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1846 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1847 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1848 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1849 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1850 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1851
1852 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1853 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1854 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1855 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1856 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1857 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1858 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1859 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1860 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1861 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1862 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1863 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1864 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1865 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1866 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1867 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1868 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1869 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1870
1871 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1872
1873 CHANGES WITH 241:
1874
1875 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1876 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1877 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1878
1879 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1880 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1881 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1882 include the package release information.
1883
1884 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1885 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1886 option.
1887
1888 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1889 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1890 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1891
1892 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1893 again.
1894
1895 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1896 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1897 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1898 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1899 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1900 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1901 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1902 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1903 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1904 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1905 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1906 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1907 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1908
1909 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1910 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1911
1912 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1913 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1914
1915 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1916 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1917 used for side-channel attacks.
1918
1919 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1920 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1921 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1922
1923 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1924 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1925 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1926 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1927 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1928 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1929
1930 fs.protected_regular = 0
1931 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1932
1933 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1934 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1935
1936 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1937 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1938 POSIX shells.
1939
1940 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1941 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1942
1943 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1944 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1945 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1946 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1947 points but otherwise empty.
1948
1949 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1950 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1951 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1952
1953 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1954 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1955
1956 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1957 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1958
1959 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1960 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1961 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1962 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1963 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1964 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1965 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1966 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1967 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1968 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1969 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1970 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1971 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1972 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1973 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1974 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1975 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1976
1977 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1978
1979 CHANGES WITH 240:
1980
1981 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1982 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1983 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1984 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1985 an SELinux policy update is required.
1986 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1987
1988 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1989 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1990 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1991 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1992 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1993 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1994 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1995 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1996 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1997 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1998
1999 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2000 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2001 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2002 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2003 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2004 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2005 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2006 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2007 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2008 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2009 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2010 the search path.
2011
2012 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2013 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2014 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2015 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2016 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2017 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2018 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2019 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2020 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2021 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2022 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2023 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2024 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2025 start job.
2026
2027 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2028 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2029 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2030 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2031 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2032 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2033 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2034 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2035 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2036 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2037
2038 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2039 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2040 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2041 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2042 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2043 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2044 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2045 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2046 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2047 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2048 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2049 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2050 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2051 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2052 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2053 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2054 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2055 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2056 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2057 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2058 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2059 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2060 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2061 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2062 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2063 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2064 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2065 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2066 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2067 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2068 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2069 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2070 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2071 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2072 Java.)
2073
2074 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2075 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2076 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2077 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2078 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2079 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2080 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2081 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2082 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2083 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2084
2085 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2086 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2087 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2088 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2089 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2090 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2091
2092 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2093 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2094 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2095 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2096 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2097
2098 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2099 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2100
2101 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2102 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2103 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2104
2105 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2106 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2107
2108 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2109 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2110 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2111
2112 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2113 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2114 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2115 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2116 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2117 latency.
2118
2119 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2120 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2121
2122 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2123 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2124 instance part of a unit name.
2125
2126 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2127 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2128 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2129 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2130 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2131 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2132 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2133 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2134 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2135
2136 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2137 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2138 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2139 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2140
2141 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2142 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2143 to a file, and appending to it.
2144
2145 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2146 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2147 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2148 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2149 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2150 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2151
2152 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2153 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2154 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2155 having to touch C code.
2156
2157 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2158 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2159
2160 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2161 DNS-over-TLS.
2162
2163 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2164 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2165 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2166
2167 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2168 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2169 until the system finished start-up.
2170
2171 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2172
2173 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2174 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2175 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2176 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2177 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2178 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2179 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2180
2181 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2182 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2183 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2184 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2185 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2186 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2187 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2188 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2189 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2190 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2191 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2192 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2193
2194 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2195 instantiate services.
2196
2197 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2198 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2199
2200 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2201 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2202 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2203
2204 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2205 it is neither used nor maintained.
2206
2207 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2208 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2209 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2210 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2211 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2212 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2213 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2214 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2215 separated by colons.
2216
2217 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2218 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2219
2220 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2221 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2222
2223 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2224 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2225
2226 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2227 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2228 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2229 directly.
2230
2231 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2232 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2233 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2234 ID.
2235
2236 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2237 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2238
2239 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2240 and LOGO=.
2241
2242 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2243 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2244 from any hibernated image.
2245
2246 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2247 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2248 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2249 kernel exports them.
2250
2251 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2252 /usr/bin/.
2253
2254 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2255 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2256 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2257 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2258 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2259 now documented here:
2260
2261 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2262
2263 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2264 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2265 installs during early boot.
2266
2267 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2268 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2269
2270 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2271 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2272
2273 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2274 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2275 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2276
2277 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2278 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2279 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2280 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2281 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2282 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2283 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2284 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2285 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2286 is on AC power.
2287
2288 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2289 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2290 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2291 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2292 see:
2293
2294 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2295
2296 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2297 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2298 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2299 and container environments.
2300
2301 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2302 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2303 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2304 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2305
2306 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2307 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2308 journald per-service.
2309
2310 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2311 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2312
2313 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2314 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2315 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2316 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2317
2318 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2319 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2320 groups.
2321
2322 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2323 --ephemeral command line switch.
2324
2325 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2326 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2327 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2328 object itself.
2329
2330 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2331 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2332 not unloaded).
2333
2334 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2335 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2336 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2337
2338 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2339 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2340 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2341 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2342 "dead" state on success.
2343
2344 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2345 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2346 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2347 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2348 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2349 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2350 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2351 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2352 well-defined system service context.
2353
2354 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2355 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2356 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2357 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2358
2359 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2360 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2361 continue to be used.
2362
2363 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2364 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2365 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2366 for example:
2367
2368 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2369
2370 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2371 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2372 the command line's exit code.
2373
2374 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2375
2376 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2377
2378 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2379 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2380 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2381
2382 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2383 name as argument.
2384
2385 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2386 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2387 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2388 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2389 is improved.
2390
2391 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2392 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2393 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2394
2395 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2396 all files and directories listed in
2397 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2398 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2399 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2400 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2401 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2402 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2403 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2404 the transition to the host OS.
2405
2406 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2407 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2408 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2409 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2410 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2411 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2412 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2413 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2414 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2415 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2416 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2417 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2418 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2419 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2420 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2421 these are opened they don't work.
2422
2423 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2424 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2425 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2426 logic works again.
2427
2428 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2429 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2430 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2431 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2432 ignore it.
2433
2434 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2435 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2436 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2437 commands.
2438
2439 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2440 pam_systemd anymore.
2441
2442 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2443 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2444 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2445 policy took effect.
2446
2447 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2448 python-3.5.
2449
2450 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2451 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2452 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2453 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2454 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2455 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2456 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2457 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2458 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2459 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2460 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2461 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2462 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2463 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2464 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2465 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2466 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2467 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2468 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2469 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2470 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2471 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2472 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2473 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2474 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2475 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2476 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2477 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2478 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2479 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2480 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2481 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2482 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2483 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2484 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2485 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2486 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2487 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2488 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2489 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2490 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2491 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2492 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2493 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2494 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2495
2496 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2497
2498 CHANGES WITH 239:
2499
2500 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2501 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2502 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2503 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2504 a slot number associated.
2505
2506 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2507 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2508 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2509 independent.
2510
2511 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2512 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2513 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2514
2515 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2516 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2517 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2518 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2519
2520 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2521 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2522 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2523 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2524 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2525 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2526 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2527 e.g. NIS.
2528
2529 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2530 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2531 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2532 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2533 may be necessary to update the file.
2534
2535 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2536 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2537 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2538 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2539 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2540 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2541 documentation.
2542
2543 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2544 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2545 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2546 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2547 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2548 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2549 them.
2550
2551 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2552 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2553 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2554 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2555 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2556
2557 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2558 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
2559 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2560 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2561 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2562 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2563 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
2564 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2565
2566 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2567 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2568 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2569 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2570 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2571
2572 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2573 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2574 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2575 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2576 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2577
2578 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2579 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2580 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2581
2582 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2583 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2584 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2585 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2586 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2587 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2588 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2589 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2590 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2591 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2592 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2593 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2594 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2595 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2596 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2597 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2598 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2599 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2600 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2601 from.
2602
2603 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2604 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2605 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2606 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2607
2608 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2609 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2610 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2611 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2612
2613 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2614 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2615 hibernates again.
2616
2617 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2618 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2619
2620 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2621 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2622 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2623
2624 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2625 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2626 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2627 was not configurable and set to 512.
2628
2629 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2630 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2631 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2632 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2633 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2634 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2635 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2636 in particular su and sudo.
2637
2638 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2639 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2640 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2641 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2642 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2643 services.
2644
2645 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2646 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2647 files should work for hibernation now.
2648
2649 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2650 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2651 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2652 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2653 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2654 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2655 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2656 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2657 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2658 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2659 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2660 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2661 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2662 name following the last dash.
2663
2664 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2665 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2666 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2667 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2668 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2669
2670 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2671 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2672 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2673 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2674 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2675 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2676
2677 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2678 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2679 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2680 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2681
2682 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2683 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2684 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2685 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2686 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2687
2688 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2689 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2690 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2691 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2692 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2693 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2694 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2695 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2696 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2697 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2698 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2699 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2700 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2701
2702 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2703 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2704 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2705 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2706 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2707 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2708 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2709 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2710 settings.
2711
2712 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2713 expiration feature, if it is available.
2714
2715 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2716 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2717 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2718
2719 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2720 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2721
2722 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2723
2724 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2725 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2726
2727 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2728 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2729 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2730 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2731 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2732 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2733 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2734 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2735 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2736 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2737 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2738
2739 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2740 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2741 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2742 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2743
2744 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2745 about its state.
2746
2747 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2748 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2749 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2750 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2751
2752 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2753 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2754 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2755 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2756 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2757 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2758 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2759 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2760 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2761 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2762 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2763
2764 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2765 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2766
2767 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2768 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2769 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2770 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2771 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2772 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2773
2774 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2775 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2776 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2777 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2778 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2779 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2780 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2781
2782 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2783 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2784 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2785 shown.)
2786
2787 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2788 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2789 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2790 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2791 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2792 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2793 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2794 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2795 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2796
2797 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2798 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2799 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2800
2801 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2802 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2803 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2804 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2805 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2806 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2807 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2808 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2809
2810 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2811
2812 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2813 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2814 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2815
2816 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2817 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2818
2819 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2820 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2821 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2822
2823 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2824
2825 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2826
2827 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2828 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2829
2830 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2831 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2832 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2833 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2834 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2835 external user databases.
2836
2837 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2838 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2839 refused due to the enforced limits.
2840
2841 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2842 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2843 manages.
2844
2845 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2846 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2847 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2848 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2849 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2850 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2851 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2852 where this is now used by default.
2853
2854 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2855 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2856
2857 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2858 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2859 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2860 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2861 update process in a generic way.
2862
2863 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2864
2865 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2866 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2867 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2868 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2869 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2870 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2871 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2872 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2873 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2874 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2875 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2876 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2877 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2878 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2879 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2880 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2881 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2882 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2883 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2884 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2885 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2886 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2887 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2888 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2889 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2890 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2891 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2892 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2893 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2894
2895 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2896
2897 CHANGES WITH 238:
2898
2899 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2900 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2901 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2902 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2903 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2904 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2905 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2906 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2907 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2908 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2909 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2910 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2911 to revert this change.
2912
2913 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2914 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2915 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2916 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2917 once at the end of the transaction.
2918
2919 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2920 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2921 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2922 scripts.
2923
2924 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2925 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2926 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2927 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2928 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2929 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2930 still allowing local admin overrides.
2931
2932 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2933 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2934 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2935
2936 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2937 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2938 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2939 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2940 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2941
2942 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2943 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2944 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2945 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2946 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2947 from package installation scripts.
2948
2949 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2950 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2951 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2952
2953 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2954 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2955
2956 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2957 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2958 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2959
2960 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2961 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2962 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2963 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2964
2965 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2966 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2967 which are triggered meanwhile).
2968
2969 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2970 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2971 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2972 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2973 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2974
2975 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2976 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2977 rotated very quickly.
2978
2979 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2980 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2981 pending bus messages.
2982
2983 * systemd gained a new
2984 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2985 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2986 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2987 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2988 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2989 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2990 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2991 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2992 session scope.
2993
2994 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2995 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2996 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2997 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2998 the tree to be accessed.
2999
3000 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3001 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3002 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3003
3004 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3005 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3006 to keys in the main keyring.
3007
3008 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3009
3010 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3011 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3012
3013 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3014
3015 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3016 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3017 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3018 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3019 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3020 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3021 explicitly.
3022
3023 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3024 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3025
3026 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3027 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3028 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3029 be restarted.
3030
3031 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3032 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3033
3034 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3035 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3036 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3037 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3038 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3039 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3040 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3041 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3042 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3043 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3044 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3045 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3046 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3047 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3048 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3049 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3050
3051 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3052
3053 CHANGES WITH 237:
3054
3055 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3056 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3057 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3058 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3059
3060 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3061 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3062 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3063 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3064 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3065 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3066 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3067 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3068 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3069 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3070
3071 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3072 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3073 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3074 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3075 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3076 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3077 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3078 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3079 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3080 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3081
3082 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3083 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3084 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3085 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3086 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3087 now provides explicit control.
3088
3089 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3090 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3091 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3092 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3093 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3094 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3095 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3096
3097 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3098 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3099 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3100
3101 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3102 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3103
3104 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3105 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3106 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3107 versions.
3108
3109 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3110 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3111 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3112 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3113 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3114 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3115 understands RapidCommit=.
3116
3117 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3118 Delegation.
3119
3120 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3121 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3122 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3123 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3124 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3125 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3126 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3127 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3128 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3129
3130 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3131 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3132 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3133 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3134 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3135 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3136 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3137 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3138 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3139 "Disconnected" signals).
3140
3141 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3142 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3143 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3144 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3145 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3146 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3147 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3148 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3149 round-trips are removed.
3150
3151 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3152 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3153 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3154 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3155
3156 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3157 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3158 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3159 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3160 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3161 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3162
3163 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3164 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3165 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3166 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3167 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3168 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3169 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3170 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3171 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3172 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3173
3174 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3175 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3176 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3177 when the event source is destroyed.
3178
3179 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3180 connections.
3181
3182 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3183 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3184 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3185 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3186 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3187 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3188 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3189
3190 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3191 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3192 manager.
3193
3194 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3195 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3196 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3197 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3198 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3199
3200 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3201 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3202 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3203 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3204 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3205 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3206
3207 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3208 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3209 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3210 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3211 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3212 level/target is given as an argument.
3213
3214 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3215 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3216 where UID and GID do not match.
3217
3218 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3219 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3220 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3221 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3222 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3223 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3224 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3225 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3226 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3227 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3228 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3229 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3230 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3231 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3232 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3233 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3234 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3235 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3236 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3237 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3238 Палаузов
3239
3240 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3241
3242 CHANGES WITH 236:
3243
3244 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3245 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3246 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3247 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3248
3249 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3250 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3251 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3252 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3253 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3254 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3255 valid specifiers today.)
3256
3257 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3258 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3259 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3260 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3261 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3262 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3263
3264 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3265 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3266 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3267 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3268
3269 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3270 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3271 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3272 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3273 services are resolved properly.
3274
3275 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3276 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3277 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3278 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3279 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3280 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3281 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3282 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3283 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3284 and btrfs.
3285
3286 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3287 DNS server and domain information.
3288
3289 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3290 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3291 runtime.
3292
3293 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3294 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3295 empty for the first time.
3296
3297 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3298 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3299 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3300 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3301 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3302 running in the user session.
3303
3304 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3305 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3306 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3307 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3308 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3309 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3310 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3311 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3312 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3313 user instance).
3314
3315 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3316 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3317
3318 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3319 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3320 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3321 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3322
3323 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3324 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3325
3326 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3327 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3328 sleep verbs.
3329
3330 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3331
3332 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3333 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3334
3335 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3336
3337 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3338 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3339 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3340
3341 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3342 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3343 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3344 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3345 instance.
3346
3347 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3348 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3349 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3350
3351 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3352 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3353 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3354
3355 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3356
3357 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3358 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3359 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3360 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3361 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3362 processes.
3363
3364 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3365 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3366 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3367 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3368
3369 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3370 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3371 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3372
3373 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3374 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3375 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3376 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3377 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3378
3379 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3380 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3381
3382 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3383 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3384 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3385 time the specified expression would elapse.
3386
3387 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3388 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3389 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3390 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3391 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3392 types, not just services.
3393
3394 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3395 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3396 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3397 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3398
3399 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3400 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3401 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3402 interface for this purpose.
3403
3404 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3405 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3406 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3407 anyway.
3408
3409 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3410 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3411 requirements of systemd.
3412
3413 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3414 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3415 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3416
3417 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3418 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3419 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3420 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3421
3422 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3423 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3424 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3425 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3426
3427 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3428 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3429
3430 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3431 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3432 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3433 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3434 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3435 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3436
3437 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3438 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3439 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3440
3441 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3442 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3443 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3444 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3445 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3446 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3447 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3448 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3449 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3450 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3451 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3452 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3453 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3454 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3455 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3456 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3457 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3458 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3459 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3460 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3461 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3462 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3463 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3464
3465 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3466
3467 CHANGES WITH 235:
3468
3469 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3470 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3471 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3472 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3473 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3474 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3475 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3476 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3477 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3478 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3479 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3480 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3481 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3482 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3483 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3484 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3485 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3486 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3487 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3488 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3489 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3490 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3491 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3492 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3493 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3494 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3495
3496 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3497 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3498 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3499 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3500 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3501 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3502 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3503 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3504
3505 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3506 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3507 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3508 used to change those values.
3509
3510 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3511 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3512 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3513 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3514 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3515 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3516
3517 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3518 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3519 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3520 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3521
3522 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3523 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3524 one top-level directory.
3525
3526 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3527 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3528 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3529 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3530 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3531 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3532 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3533 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3534 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3535 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3536 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3537 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3538 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3539 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3540 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3541
3542 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3543 Meson-only.
3544
3545 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3546 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3547 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3548 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3549 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3550 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3551 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3552 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3553 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3554 acceptable to us.
3555
3556 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3557 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3558 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3559 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3560 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3561 requested at build time.
3562
3563 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3564 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3565 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3566 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3567 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3568 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3569 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3570 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3571 Type= setting which permits configuring
3572 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3573
3574 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3575 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3576 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3577 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3578 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3579 local frames between bridge ports.
3580
3581 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3582 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3583 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3584
3585 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3586 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3587
3588 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3589 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3590 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3591 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
3592
3593 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3594 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3595 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3596 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3597 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3598 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3599 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3600 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3601
3602 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3603 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3604 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3605 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3606 command.)
3607
3608 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3609 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3610 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3611
3612 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3613 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3614 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3615 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3616
3617 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3618 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3619 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3620 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3621 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3622 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3623 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3624 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3625 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3626 on systems where this is not supported.
3627
3628 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3629 sockets.
3630
3631 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3632 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3633 during runtime.
3634
3635 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3636 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3637 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3638
3639 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3640 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3641 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3642
3643 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3644 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3645 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3646 Following this logic, two new special targets
3647 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3648 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3649 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3650
3651 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3652 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3653 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3654 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3655
3656 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3657 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3658 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3659 --wait".
3660
3661 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3662 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3663 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3664 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3665 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3666 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3667 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3668 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3669 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3670
3671 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3672 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3673 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3674 invocation.
3675
3676 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3677 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3678 processes.
3679
3680 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3681 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3682 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3683 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3684 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3685 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3686 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3687 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3688 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3689 systems for all five operations.
3690
3691 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3692 the system.
3693
3694 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3695 than UTC or the local timezone.
3696
3697 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3698 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3699 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3700 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3701 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3702 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3703 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3704 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3705
3706 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3707 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3708 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3709 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3710 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3711 again.
3712
3713 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3714 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3715 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3716
3717 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3718 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3719 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3720 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3721 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3722 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3723 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3724 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3725 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3726 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3727 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3728 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3729 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3730 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3731 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3732 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3733 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3734 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3735 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3736 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3737
3738 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3739
3740 CHANGES WITH 234:
3741
3742 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3743 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3744 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3745 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3746 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3747 summary:
3748
3749 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3750
3751 becomes:
3752
3753 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3754
3755 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3756 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3757 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3758 .device units.
3759
3760 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3761 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3762 running a systemd user instance.
3763
3764 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3765 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3766 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3767 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3768 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3769 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3770
3771 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3772
3773 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3774 (domain search list).
3775
3776 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3777 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3778 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3779 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3780 implementation of RA.
3781
3782 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3783 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3784 ISO date values.
3785
3786 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3787 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3788 devices.
3789
3790 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3791 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3792 option.
3793
3794 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3795 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3796 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3797 default yet.
3798
3799 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3800 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3801 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3802 SHA256SUMS files.
3803
3804 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3805 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3806
3807 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3808
3809 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3810
3811 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3812 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3813
3814 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3815 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3816 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3817 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3818
3819 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3820 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3821 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3822 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3823 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3824 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3825 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3826 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3827 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3828 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3829
3830 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3831 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3832 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3833 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3834 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3835 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3836 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3837 after all the plugins exit.
3838
3839 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3840 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3841 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3842 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3843 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3844 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3845 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3846 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3847 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3848 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3849 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3850 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3851 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3852 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3853 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3854 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3855 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3856 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3857 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3858 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3859 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3860 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3861 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3862 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3863 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3864 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3865 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3866 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3867 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3868 Георгиевски
3869
3870 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3871
3872 CHANGES WITH 233:
3873
3874 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3875 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3876 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3877 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3878 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3879 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3880 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3881 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3882 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3883
3884 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3885 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3886 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3887 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3888 default selected on the configure command line
3889 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3890 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3891 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3892 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3893 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3894 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3895 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3896 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3897 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3898 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3899
3900 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3901 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3902 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3903 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3904 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3905 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3906 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3907 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3908 further details about this.)
3909
3910 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3911 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3912 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3913
3914 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3915 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3916
3917 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3918 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3919 with 'make install-tests'.
3920
3921 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3922 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3923 kernel.
3924
3925 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3926 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3927 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3928 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3929 by the Slice= option.
3930
3931 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3932 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3933 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3934 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3935
3936 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3937 following choices:
3938
3939 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3940 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3941 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3942 (h)elp
3943 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3944 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3945 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3946 (y)es, execute the command
3947
3948 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3949 because its meaning was confusing.
3950
3951 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3952 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3953
3954 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3955 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3956 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3957
3958 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3959 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3960 state directly, without executing these commands.
3961
3962 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3963 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3964 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3965
3966 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3967 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3968 combination with After=) have been started.
3969
3970 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3971 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3972 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3973
3974 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3975 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3976 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3977 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3978 configuration related calls.
3979
3980 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3981 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3982 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3983 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3984 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3985 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3986 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3987
3988 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3989 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3990
3991 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3992 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3993 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3994
3995 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3996 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3997
3998 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3999 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4000 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4001 for compatibility.
4002
4003 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4004 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4005
4006 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4007 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4008
4009 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4010 support for negative matching.
4011
4012 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4013
4014 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4015 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4016
4017 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4018 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4019 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4020 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4021 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4022 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4023 removed from the drive.
4024
4025 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4026 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4027
4028 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4029 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4030
4031 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4032 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4033 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4034
4035 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4036 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4037 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4038 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4039 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4040 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4041 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4042
4043 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4044 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4045 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4046 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4047 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4048 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4049
4050 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4051 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4052
4053 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4054 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4055 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4056 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4057 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4058 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4059 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4060 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4061
4062 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4063 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4064 including all control processes.
4065
4066 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4067 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4068 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4069
4070 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4071 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4072 prefixing the source path with "+".
4073
4074 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4075 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4076 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4077 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4078 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4079 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4080 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4081 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4082
4083 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4084 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4085 before).
4086
4087 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4088 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4089 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4090 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4091 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4092 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4093 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4094
4095 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4096 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4097 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4098 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4099 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4100 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4101 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4102 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4103 versions.
4104
4105 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4106 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4107 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4108 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4109 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4110 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4111 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4112 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4113 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4114 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4115 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4116 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4117 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4118 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4119 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4120 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4121 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4122 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4123 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4124 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4125 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4126
4127 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4128 accelerometer quirks.
4129
4130 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4131 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4132 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4133 ID of each service.
4134
4135 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4136 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4137 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4138 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4139 view.
4140
4141 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4142 environment variables:
4143
4144 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4145
4146 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4147 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4148 address.
4149
4150 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4151 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4152 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4153
4154 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4155 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4156 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4157 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4158 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4159 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4160 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4161 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4162 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4163 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4164 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4165 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4166 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4167
4168 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4169 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4170 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4171
4172 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4173 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4174
4175 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4176 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4177 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4178 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4179 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4180
4181 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4182 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4183 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4184
4185 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4186 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4187
4188 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4189 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4190 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4191 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4192
4193 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4194 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4195 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4196 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4197 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4198 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4199 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4200 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4201 possibly even including full integrity data.
4202
4203 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4204 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4205 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4206 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4207 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4208
4209 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4210 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4211 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4212 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4213 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4214
4215 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4216 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4217 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4218 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4219
4220 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4221 of coredumps in reverse order.
4222
4223 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4224 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4225 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4226 additional informational message in its output.
4227
4228 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4229 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4230 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4231
4232 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4233 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4234 scripting languages such as Python.
4235
4236 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4237 namespacing is enabled for them.
4238
4239 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4240 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4241 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4242 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4243 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4244 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4245
4246 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4247 root key (KSK).
4248
4249 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4250 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4251 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4252
4253 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4254 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4255 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4256 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4257 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4258 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4259 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4260 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4261 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4262 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4263 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4264 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4265 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4266 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4267 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4268 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4269 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4270 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4271 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4272 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4273 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4274 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4275 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4276 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4277 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4278 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4279 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4280 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4281 Тихонов
4282
4283 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4284
4285 CHANGES WITH 232:
4286
4287 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4288 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4289 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4290 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4291 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4292 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4293
4294 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4295 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4296
4297 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4298 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4299 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4300
4301 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4302 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4303 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4304
4305 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4306 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4307 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4308 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4309
4310 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4311 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4312
4313 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4314 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4315 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4316
4317 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4318 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4319 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4320 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4321 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4322 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4323 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4324 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4325 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4326 permanent modifications to the system.
4327
4328 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4329 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4330 container or chroot environments.
4331
4332 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4333 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4334 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4335 mapped to nobody.
4336
4337 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4338 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4339 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4340 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4341
4342 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4343 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4344
4345 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4346 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4347 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4348 and the support is provisional.
4349
4350 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4351 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4352 unit files in the file system).
4353
4354 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4355 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4356 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4357 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4358 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4359 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4360 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4361 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4362 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4363 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4364 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4365 state is fixed automatically.
4366
4367 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4368 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4369 option.
4370
4371 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4372 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4373 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4374 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4375 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4376 else.
4377
4378 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4379 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4380 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4381 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4382 bootable on physical systems.
4383
4384 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4385
4386 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4387 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4388 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4389 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4390 used.
4391
4392 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4393 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4394 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4395 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4396
4397 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4398
4399 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4400 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4401 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4402 of the container).
4403
4404 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4405 files from the specified location.
4406
4407 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4408 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4409 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4410 be active.
4411
4412 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4413 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4414 trackball devices.
4415
4416 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4417 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4418 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4419
4420 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4421 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4422 specified service binary exited.)
4423
4424 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4425 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4426
4427 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4428 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4429 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4430 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4431 --since= and --until= options.
4432
4433 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4434 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4435 are automatically propagated to the container.
4436
4437 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4438 from a single IP address can be limited with
4439 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4440 MaxConnections=.
4441
4442 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4443 configuration.
4444
4445 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4446 drop-ins.
4447
4448 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4449 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4450 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4451 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4452 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4453 [Link] section of .link files.
4454
4455 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4456 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4457 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4458 section of .netdev files.
4459
4460 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4461 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4462 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4463
4464 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4465 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4466 .network files.
4467
4468 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4469 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4470 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4471 service runtime cycle.
4472
4473 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4474 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4475 has been traditionally doing.
4476
4477 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4478 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4479 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4480 prevent any later plugins from running.
4481
4482 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4483 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4484 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4485 default of SplitMode=uid.
4486
4487 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4488 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4489 useful.
4490
4491 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4492 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4493 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4494 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4495 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4496 individual namespaces.
4497
4498 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4499 the output, as well as OS release information.
4500
4501 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4502
4503 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4504 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4505 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4506 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4507 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4508
4509 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4510 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4511 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4512 severed.
4513
4514 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4515 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4516 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4517 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4518 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4519 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4520 information about exit statuses and results.
4521
4522 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4523 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4524 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4525 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4526 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4527 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4528
4529 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4530
4531 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4532 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4533 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4534 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4535 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4536 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4537 entirely.
4538
4539 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4540 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4541 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4542
4543 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4544 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4545 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4546 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4547 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4548 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4549 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4550 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4551 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4552 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4553 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4554 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4555 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4556 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4557 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4558 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4559 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4560
4561 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4562 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4563 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4564 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4565
4566 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4567 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4568 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4569 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4570
4571 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4572 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4573 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4574 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4575 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4576 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4577 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4578 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4579 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4580 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4581 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4582 fragment entirely.)
4583
4584 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4585 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4586 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4587
4588 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4589 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4590 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4591 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4592
4593 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4594 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4595 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4596 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4597 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4598 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4599
4600 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4601 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4602
4603 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4604 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4605
4606 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4607 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4608 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4609 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4610 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4611
4612 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4613 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4614 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4615 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4616 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4617 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4618 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4619 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4620 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4621 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4622 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4623 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4624 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4625 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4626 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4627 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4628 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4629 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4630 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4631 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4632 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4633 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4634 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4635 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4636 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4637 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4638
4639 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4640
4641 CHANGES WITH 231:
4642
4643 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4644 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4645 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4646 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4647 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4648 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4649 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4650 independently.
4651
4652 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4653 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4654
4655 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4656 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4657 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4658 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4659 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4660 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4661 values.
4662
4663 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4664 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4665 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4666 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4667 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4668
4669 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4670 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4671 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4672 7:10am every day.
4673
4674 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4675 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4676 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4677 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4678 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4679 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4680 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4681 available for compatibility.
4682
4683 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4684 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4685 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4686 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4687 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4688 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4689
4690 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4691 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4692 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4693 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4694 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4695 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4696 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4697 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4698 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4699
4700 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4701 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4702 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4703 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4704 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4705 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4706 desired options.
4707
4708 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4709 cgroup v2.
4710
4711 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4712 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4713 limited to subgroups of that group.
4714
4715 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4716 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4717 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4718 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4719 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4720 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4721 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4722 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4723
4724 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4725 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4726 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4727 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4728 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4729 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4730 own long-running services.
4731
4732 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4733 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4734 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4735 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4736
4737 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4738 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4739 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4740 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4741 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4742 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4743 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4744 primitives.
4745
4746 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4747 "terminate".
4748
4749 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4750 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4751
4752 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4753 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4754 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4755 --flush-caches".
4756
4757 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4758 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4759 is shown.
4760
4761 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4762 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4763 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4764 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4765 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4766 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4767
4768 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4769 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4770 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4771 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4772 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4773 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4774 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4775 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4776 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4777 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4778 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4779 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4780 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4781 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4782 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4783 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4784 bus API instead.
4785
4786 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4787 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4788 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4789 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4790
4791 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4792 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4793 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4794 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4795
4796 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4797 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4798 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4799
4800 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4801 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4802
4803 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4804 interface configuration.
4805
4806 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4807 specifying the --force switch.
4808
4809 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4810 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4811 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4812
4813 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4814 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4815 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4816 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4817 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4818 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4819 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4820 to be handled.
4821
4822 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4823 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4824
4825 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4826 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4827
4828 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4829 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4830 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4831
4832 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4833 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4834
4835 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4836 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4837 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4838 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4839 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4840 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4841 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4842 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4843 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4844 library.
4845
4846 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4847 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4848 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4849 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4850 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4851 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4852 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4853 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4854 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4855 doc/HACKING for details.
4856
4857 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4858 distribution's bugtracker.
4859
4860 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4861 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4862 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4863 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4864 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4865 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4866 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4867 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4868 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4869 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4870 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4871 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4872 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4873 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4874 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4875 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4876 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4877 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4878 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4879
4880 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4881
4882 CHANGES WITH 230:
4883
4884 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4885 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4886 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4887 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4888 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4889 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4890 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4891 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4892 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4893 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4894 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4895 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4896 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4897 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4898 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4899 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4900 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4901 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4902 applications.)
4903
4904 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4905 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4906 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4907
4908 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4909 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4910 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4911 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4912 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4913 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4914 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4915
4916 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4917 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4918 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4919 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4920 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4921 command works for tmux.
4922
4923 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4924 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4925 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4926 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4927 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4928 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4929
4930 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4931 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4932
4933 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4934 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4935 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4936
4937 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4938
4939 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4940 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4941 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4942 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4943 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4944
4945 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4946 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4947 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4948 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4949
4950 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4951 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4952 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4953 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4954 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4955 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4956
4957 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4958 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4959 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4960
4961 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4962 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4963 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4964 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4965 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4966 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4967
4968 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4969 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4970 address.
4971
4972 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4973 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4974 should be emitted.
4975
4976 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4977 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4978 supported.
4979
4980 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4981 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4982 logging performance.
4983
4984 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4985 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4986 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4987 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4988 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4989 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4990
4991 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4992 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4993 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4994 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4995
4996 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4997 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4998
4999 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5000 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5001 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5002
5003 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5004
5005 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5006 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5007 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5008 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5009
5010 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5011 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5012 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5013 refuse to operate on such files.
5014
5015 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5016 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5017 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5018
5019 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5020 just hidden container images.
5021
5022 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5023 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5024
5025 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5026 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5027 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5028 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5029 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5030 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5031 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5032 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5033 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5034 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5035 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5036
5037 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5038 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5039 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5040 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5041 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5042 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5043 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5044 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5045 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5046 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5047 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5048 terminates.
5049
5050 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5051 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5052 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5053 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5054
5055 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5056 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5057 rate of the socket unit.
5058
5059 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5060 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5061 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5062 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5063 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5064
5065 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5066 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5067 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5068 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5069 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5070 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5071 with this.
5072
5073 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5074 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5075
5076 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5077 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5078
5079 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5080 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5081 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5082 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5083 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5084
5085 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5086 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5087 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5088
5089 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5090 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5091 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5092 target is now included in early userspace.
5093
5094 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5095 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5096 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5097 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5098 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5099 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5100 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5101 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5102 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5103 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5104 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5105 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5106 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5107 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5108 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5109 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5110 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5111 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5112 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5113 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5114 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5115 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5116 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5117 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5118 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5119 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5120
5121 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5122
5123 CHANGES WITH 229:
5124
5125 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5126 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5127 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5128 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5129 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5130 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5131 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5132 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5133 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5134 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5135 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5136 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5137 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5138
5139 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5140 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5141 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5142 /usr/bin.
5143
5144 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5145 devices.
5146
5147 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5148 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5149 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5150 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5151 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5152 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5153 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5154 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5155 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5156 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5157 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5158 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5159 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5160 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5161 this limit.
5162
5163 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5164 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5165 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5166 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5167 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5168 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5169 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5170 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5171
5172 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5173 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5174 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5175 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5176 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5177 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5178 and group at package installation time.
5179
5180 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5181 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5182 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5183 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5184 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5185
5186 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5187 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5188 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5189 supports it.
5190
5191 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5192 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5193
5194 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5195 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5196 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5197 file is already initialized.
5198
5199 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5200 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5201 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5202 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5203 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5204 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5205 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5206 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5207 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5208
5209 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5210 working directory for the process started in the container.
5211
5212 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5213 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5214 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5215 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5216 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5217
5218 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5219 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5220 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5221
5222 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5223 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5224 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5225 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5226
5227 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5228 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5229 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5230 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5231 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5232
5233 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5234 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5235 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5236 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5237
5238 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5239 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5240 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5241 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5242 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5243 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5244 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5245 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5246 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5247 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5248 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5249 by PID 1.
5250
5251 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5252 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5253 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5254 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5255 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5256 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5257 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5258 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5259
5260 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5261
5262 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5263 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5264 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5265
5266 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5267 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5268 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5269 recent kernels.
5270
5271 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5272 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5273
5274 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5275 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5276 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5277 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5278 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5279 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5280 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5281 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5282 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5283 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5284 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5285 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5286 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5287
5288 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5289 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5290 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5291 clusters or larger setups.
5292
5293 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5294
5295 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5296 sockets.
5297
5298 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5299
5300 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5301 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5302 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5303 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5304 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5305 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5306
5307 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5308 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5309 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5310
5311 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5312 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5313 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5314 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5315
5316 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5317
5318 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5319 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5320 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5321 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5322 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5323 maintain compatibility.
5324
5325 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5326 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5327 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5328 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5329 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5330 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5331 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5332 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5333 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5334 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5335 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5336 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5337 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5338 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5339 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5340 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5341 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5342 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5343 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5344
5345 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5346
5347 CHANGES WITH 228:
5348
5349 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5350 files are now also available as properties to set when
5351 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5352 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5353 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5354 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5355 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5356 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5357 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5358
5359 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5360 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5361 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5362
5363 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5364 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5365 created transiently.
5366
5367 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5368 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5369 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5370 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5371 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5372 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5373 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5374 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5375
5376 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5377 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5378 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5379
5380 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5381 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5382 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5383 enabled.
5384
5385 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5386 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5387 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5388 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5389 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5390 subvolumes.
5391
5392 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5393 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5394
5395 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5396 individual indexes.
5397
5398 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5399 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5400 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5401 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5402 suffixes now.
5403
5404 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5405 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5406 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5407 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5408 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5409 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5410 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5411 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5412 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5413 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5414 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5415 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5416 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5417 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5418 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5419 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5420 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5421 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5422 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5423 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5424 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5425
5426 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5427 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5428 links between the host and the container.
5429
5430 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5431 added that allows importing select environment variables
5432 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5433 the service.
5434
5435 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5436 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5437 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5438 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5439 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5440 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5441 than until they first elapse.
5442
5443 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5444 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5445 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5446 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5447 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5448 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5449 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5450 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5451
5452 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5453 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5454 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5455 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5456 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5457 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5458 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5459 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5460 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5461 journal and in coredump handling.
5462
5463 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5464 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5465 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5466 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5467 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5468 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5469 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5470 software you package still references it, as this is a
5471 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5472 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5473
5474 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5475
5476 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5477 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5478
5479 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5480 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5481 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5482
5483 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5484 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5485 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5486 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5487 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5488 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5489 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5490 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5491 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5492 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5493 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5494 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5495 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5496 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5497 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5498 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5499
5500 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5501 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5502 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5503 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5504 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5505 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5506 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5507 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5508 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5509 surprises.
5510
5511 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5512 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5513 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5514 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5515 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5516 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5517 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5518 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5519 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5520 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5521 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5522 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5523 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5524 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5525 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5526 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5527 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5528 of PID 1 is the root user).
5529
5530 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5531 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5532 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5533 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5534 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5535 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5536 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5537 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5538 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5539 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5540 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5541 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5542 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5543 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5544 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5545
5546 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5547
5548 CHANGES WITH 227:
5549
5550 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5551 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5552 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5553
5554 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5555 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5556 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5557 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5558 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5559 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5560
5561 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5562 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5563 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5564 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5565 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5566
5567 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5568 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5569 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5570 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5571 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5572 packets on unestablished sockets.
5573
5574 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5575 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5576 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5577 automatically.
5578
5579 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5580 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5581 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5582
5583 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5584 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5585 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5586 for disk IO.
5587
5588 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5589 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5590 removed.
5591
5592 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5593 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5594 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5595 configured in User=.
5596
5597 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5598 directory of the selected user by default.
5599
5600 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5601 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5602 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5603 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5604 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5605 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5606 compat reasons.
5607
5608 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5609 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5610 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5611 units.
5612
5613 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5614 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5615 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5616 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5617 level.
5618
5619 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5620 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5621 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5622 namespaces work correctly.
5623
5624 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5625 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5626 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5627 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5628 activation.
5629
5630 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5631 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5632 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5633 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5634 system instance in a container.
5635
5636 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5637 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5638 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5639 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5640 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5641 connections.
5642
5643 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5644 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5645
5646 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5647 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5648 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5649 processes attached, or similar.
5650
5651 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5652 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5653 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5654
5655 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5656 specifiers like %i or %f.
5657
5658 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5659 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5660 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5661 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5662
5663 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5664 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5665 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5666 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5667 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5668 descriptors using sd_notify().
5669
5670 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5671
5672 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5673 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5674
5675 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5676 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5677
5678 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5679 .network files.
5680
5681 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5682 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5683 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5684 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5685 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5686 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5687 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5688 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5689 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5690 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5691 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5692 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5693 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5694 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5695 gdm-autologin is used.
5696
5697 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5698 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5699 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5700 next to the image file.
5701
5702 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5703 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5704 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5705 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5706
5707 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5708 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5709 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5710 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5711 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5712 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5713
5714 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5715 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5716 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5717 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5718 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5719 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5720 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5721 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5722 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5723 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5724 number of files in place.
5725
5726 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5727 on kernels where that is supported.
5728
5729 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5730
5731 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5732 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5733 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5734 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5735 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5736 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5737 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5738 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5739 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5740 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5741 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5742 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5743 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5744 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5745 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5746 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5747 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5748 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5749
5750 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5751
5752 CHANGES WITH 226:
5753
5754 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5755 new features:
5756
5757 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5758 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5759 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5760 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5761 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5762 is any) is propagated.
5763
5764 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5765 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5766 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5767 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5768 information is enabled between host and containers by
5769 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5770 to what the host has set.
5771
5772 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5773 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5774
5775 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5776 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5777 information back, even if the server loses state.
5778
5779 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5780 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5781 PoolSize=.
5782
5783 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5784 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5785 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5786 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5787
5788 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5789 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5790 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5791 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5792 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5793
5794 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5795 for virtio devices.
5796
5797 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5798 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5799 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5800 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5801 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5802 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5803 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5804 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5805 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5806 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5807 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5808 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5809 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5810 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5811 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5812 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5813 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5814 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5815 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5816 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5817 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5818 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5819 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5820 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5821 grants them.
5822
5823 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5824 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5825 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5826 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5827 group tree.
5828
5829 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5830 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5831 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5832 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5833 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5834 work correctly in containers now.
5835
5836 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5837 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5838
5839 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5840 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5841 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5842 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5843 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5844
5845 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5846 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5847 signal events.
5848
5849 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5850 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5851 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5852 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5853
5854 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5855 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5856 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5857 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5858 nspawn command line.
5859
5860 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5861 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5862 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5863 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5864 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5865 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5866 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5867 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5868
5869 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5870
5871 CHANGES WITH 225:
5872
5873 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5874 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5875 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5876 shell directly without prompting for username or
5877 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5878 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5879 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5880 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5881 the originating session.
5882
5883 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5884 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5885
5886 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5887 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5888 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5889 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5890 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5891 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5892 probably not stabilize on this release.
5893
5894 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5895 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5896 messages.
5897
5898 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5899 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5900 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5901
5902 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5903 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5904
5905 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5906 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5907 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5908 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5909 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5910 posteriori.
5911
5912 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5913 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5914
5915 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5916 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5917 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5918 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5919 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5920 "lastlog" tools.
5921
5922 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5923 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5924 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5925 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5926 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5927
5928 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5929 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5930 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5931 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5932 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5933 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5934 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5935 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5936 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5937 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5938 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5939 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5940
5941 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5942
5943 CHANGES WITH 224:
5944
5945 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5946 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5947
5948 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5949 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5950 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5951
5952 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5953 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5954 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5955
5956 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5957
5958 CHANGES WITH 223:
5959
5960 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5961 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5962 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5963 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5964
5965 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5966 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5967
5968 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5969 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5970
5971 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5972
5973 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5974 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5975 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5976
5977 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5978 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5979 decapsulated packet.
5980
5981 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5982 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5983 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5984 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5985 netlink attribute.
5986
5987 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5988 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5989 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5990 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5991
5992 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5993 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5994 according to RFC2460.
5995
5996 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5997 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5998
5999 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6000 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6001 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6002
6003 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6004 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6005 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6006 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6007 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6008 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6009
6010 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6011 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6012 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6013 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6014 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6015 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6016 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6017 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6018 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6019 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6020
6021 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6022
6023 CHANGES WITH 222:
6024
6025 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6026 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6027 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6028
6029 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6030 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6031
6032 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6033 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6034 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6035 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6036 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6037
6038 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6039 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6040 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6041
6042 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6043 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6044 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6045 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6046 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6047
6048 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6049
6050 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6051 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6052 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6053 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6054 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6055 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6056 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6057 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6058 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6059 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6060
6061 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6062
6063 CHANGES WITH 221:
6064
6065 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6066 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6067 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6068 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6069 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6070 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6071 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6072 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6073 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6074 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6075 portable to other kernels.
6076
6077 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6078 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6079 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6080 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6081 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6082 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6083 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6084 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6085 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6086 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6087 systemd enabled.
6088
6089 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6090 2.26.
6091
6092 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6093 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6094 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6095 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6096 in README for details.
6097
6098 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6099 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6100 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6101 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6102 unit.
6103
6104 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6105 into man pages.
6106
6107 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6108 external project.
6109
6110 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6111 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6112
6113 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6114 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6115 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6116 state.
6117
6118 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6119 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6120 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6121
6122 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6123 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6124 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6125 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6126 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6127 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6128 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6129 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6130 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6131 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6132 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6133 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6134 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6135 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6136 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6137 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6138
6139 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6140
6141 CHANGES WITH 220:
6142
6143 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6144 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6145 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6146 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6147 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6148 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6149 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6150 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6151
6152 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6153 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6154 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6155 service consumed). This value is only available if
6156 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6157 in the "systemctl status" output.
6158
6159 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6160 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6161 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6162 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6163 previously was already the default behaviour).
6164
6165 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6166 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6167 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6168
6169 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6170 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6171 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6172 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6173
6174 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6175 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6176 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6177 journalling file systems that support external journal
6178 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6179 systems to be mounted.
6180
6181 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6182 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6183 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6184 stable release this should not be problematic.
6185
6186 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6187 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6188 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6189 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6190 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6191
6192 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6193 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6194 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6195 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6196 network switches.
6197
6198 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6199 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6200
6201 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6202 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6203 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6204
6205 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6206
6207 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6208 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6209 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6210 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6211 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6212 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6213 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6214 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6215 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6216 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6217 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6218 been fixed in v220.
6219
6220 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6221 systemd-networkd.
6222
6223 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6224 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6225 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6226 containers started from the command line.
6227
6228 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6229 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6230
6231 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6232 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6233 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6234 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6235
6236 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6237 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6238 when shutting down.
6239
6240 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6241 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6242 overlayfs support.
6243
6244 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6245 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6246 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6247 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6248 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6249 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6250 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6251
6252 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6253 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6254 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6255
6256 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6257 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6258 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6259 of v1 as before).
6260
6261 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6262 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6263
6264 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6265 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6266 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6267 without further privileges or authorization.
6268
6269 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6270 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6271 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6272 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6273 accessible via a bus interface.
6274
6275 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6276 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6277 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6278 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6279 to cover this functionality.
6280
6281 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6282 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6283 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6284 disabled/masked also stopped.
6285
6286 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6287 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6288 updated to support systemd-boot.
6289
6290 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6291 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6292 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6293 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6294 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6295 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6296 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6297 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6298 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6299
6300 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6301 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6302 system.
6303
6304 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6305 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6306 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6307 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6308
6309 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6310 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6311 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6312 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6313
6314 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6315 stick devices has been added.
6316
6317 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6318 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6319
6320 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6321 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6322 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6323 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6324 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6325
6326 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6327 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6328 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6329
6330 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6331 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6332 Debian.
6333
6334 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6335 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6336 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6337
6338 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6339 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6340 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6341 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6342 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6343 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6344 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6345 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6346 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6347 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6348 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6349 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6350 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6351 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6352 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6353 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6354 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6355 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6356 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6357 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6358 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6359 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6360 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6361 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6362 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6363 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6364 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6365
6366 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6367
6368 CHANGES WITH 219:
6369
6370 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6371 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6372 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6373 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6374 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6375 interface with and update the database.
6376
6377 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6378 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6379 before bytewise copying is done.
6380
6381 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6382 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6383 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6384 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6385 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6386 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6387 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6388 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6389 available on btrfs file systems.
6390
6391 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6392 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6393 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6394 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6395 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6396 systems.
6397
6398 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6399 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6400 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6401 mount point remains.
6402
6403 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6404 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6405 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6406 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6407 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6408 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6409 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6410 are disabled.
6411
6412 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6413 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6414 container to the host or vice versa.
6415
6416 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6417 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6418 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6419
6420 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6421 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6422
6423 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6424 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6425 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6426 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6427 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6428 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6429 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6430 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6431 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6432 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6433 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6434 make the functionality of importd available to the
6435 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6436 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6437 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6438 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6439 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6440 only fully supported on btrfs.
6441
6442 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6443 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6444 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6445 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6446 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6447 information about images.
6448
6449 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6450 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6451 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6452 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6453 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6454 legacy file systems).
6455
6456 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6457 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6458 shown in networkctl output.
6459
6460 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6461 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6462 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6463 processes as system services while interactively
6464 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6465 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6466 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6467 full login session, the difference being that the former
6468 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6469 setup.
6470
6471 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6472 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6473 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6474 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6475 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6476
6477 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6478 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6479 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6480 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6481 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6482 via qemu/kvm.
6483
6484 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6485 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6486 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6487 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6488 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6489 disk images, too.
6490
6491 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6492 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6493 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6494 integrate with that.
6495
6496 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6497 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6498 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6499 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6500
6501 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6502 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6503 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6504
6505 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6506 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6507 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6508 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6509 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6510 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6511 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6512 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6513 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6514 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6515
6516 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6517 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6518 files.
6519
6520 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6521 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6522 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6523 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6524 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6525 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6526 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6527 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6528 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6529 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6530 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6531 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6532 explicitly turned on.
6533
6534 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6535 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6536 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6537 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6538
6539 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6540 supported.
6541
6542 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6543 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6544 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6545 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6546 associated with a virtual machine or container
6547 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6548 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6549 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6550 output however.)
6551
6552 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6553 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6554 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6555 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6556 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6557 caller's session/user.
6558
6559 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6560 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6561 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6562 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6563 user services.
6564
6565 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6566 same way as unit files.
6567
6568 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6569 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6570 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6571 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6572 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6573 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6574 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6575 the host.
6576
6577 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6578 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6579 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6580 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6581 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6582 host.
6583
6584 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6585 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6586 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6587 updated to make use of it too by default.
6588
6589 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6590 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6591 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6592 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6593
6594 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6595 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6596 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6597 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6598 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6599 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6600 modification.
6601
6602 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6603 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6604 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6605 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6606 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6607 information about Touchpad types.
6608
6609 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6610 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6611
6612 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6613 Policy link field.
6614
6615 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6616 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6617
6618 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6619 ACLs on files.
6620
6621 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6622 tmpfs, automatically.
6623
6624 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6625 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6626 status" output, if available.
6627
6628 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6629 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6630 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6631 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6632 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6633 run on next reboot.
6634
6635 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6636 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6637 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6638 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6639 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6640 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6641 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6642
6643 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6644 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6645 after a configurable timeout.
6646
6647 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6648 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6649 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6650 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6651 it non-idle.
6652
6653 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6654 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6655
6656 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6657 each .network interface in networkd.
6658
6659 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6660 in .network files.
6661
6662 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6663 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6664
6665 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6666 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6667 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6668 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6669 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6670 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6671 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6672 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6673 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6674 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6675 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6676 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6677 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6678 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6679 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6680 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6681 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6682 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6683 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6684 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6685 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6686 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6687 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6688 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6689
6690 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6691
6692 CHANGES WITH 218:
6693
6694 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6695 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6696 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6697 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6698
6699 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6700 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6701 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6702 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6703 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6704
6705 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6706
6707 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6708 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6709 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6710 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6711 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6712 modified configuration after editing.
6713
6714 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6715 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6716 system preset files.
6717
6718 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6719 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6720 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6721 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6722 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6723 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6724 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6725 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6726 other contexts.
6727
6728 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6729 inhibitors.
6730
6731 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6732 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6733 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6734 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6735 managers.
6736
6737 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6738 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6739 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6740 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6741 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6742 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6743 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6744 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6745 parallel to journald.
6746
6747 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6748 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6749 available.
6750
6751 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6752 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6753 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6754 or are not older than the specified time.
6755
6756 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6757 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6758 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6759 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6760
6761 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6762 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6763 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6764 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6765 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6766 communication.
6767
6768 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6769 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6770 services.
6771
6772 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6773 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6774 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6775 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6776 the new "busctl tree" command.
6777
6778 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6779 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6780 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6781 friendly way.
6782
6783 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6784 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6785 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6786 race-ful way.
6787
6788 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6789 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6790 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6791 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6792 --link-journal=try-guest.
6793
6794 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6795 stable MAC addresses.
6796
6797 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6798 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6799 the respective unit shall use.
6800
6801 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6802 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6803 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6804 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6805
6806 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6807 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6808 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6809 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6810 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6811 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6812
6813 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6814 details see:
6815
6816 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6817
6818 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6819 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6820 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6821 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6822 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6823 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6824 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6825 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6826 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6827 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6828 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6829 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6830
6831 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6832 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6833 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6834 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6835 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6836
6837 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6838 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6839 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6840 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6841 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6842 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6843 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6844 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6845
6846 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6847 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6848 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6849 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6850 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6851 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6852 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6853 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6854 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6855 interface.
6856
6857 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6858 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6859 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6860 luks.name= argument.
6861
6862 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6863 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6864 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6865 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6866 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6867 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6868
6869 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6870 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6871 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6872
6873 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6874 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6875 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6876 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6877 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6878 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6879 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6880 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6881 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6882 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6883 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6884 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6885 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6886 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6887 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6888 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6889 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6890 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6891
6892 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6893
6894 CHANGES WITH 217:
6895
6896 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6897 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6898 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6899 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6900
6901 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6902 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6903 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6904 now waits until the operation is complete.
6905
6906 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6907 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6908 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6909 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6910 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6911 connection.
6912
6913 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6914 commands anymore.
6915
6916 * User units are now loaded also from
6917 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6918 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6919 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6920
6921 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6922 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6923 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6924 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6925 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6926 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6927 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6928 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6929 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6930 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6931 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6932 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6933 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6934 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6935 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6936 question.
6937
6938 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6939 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6940 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6941
6942 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6943 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6944 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6945 command line to trigger resume.
6946
6947 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6948 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6949 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6950 Desktop=systemd-console.
6951
6952 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6953 systemd-networkd.
6954
6955 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6956 from the information provided by the networking stack
6957 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6958
6959 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6960 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6961
6962 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6963 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6964 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6965
6966 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6967
6968 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6969 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6970 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6971 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6972 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6973 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6974
6975 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6976 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6977 respected.
6978
6979 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6980 virtualization.
6981
6982 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6983 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6984 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6985 on.
6986
6987 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6988
6989 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6990
6991 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6992 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6993 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6994 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6995 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6996 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6997 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6998
6999 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7000 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7001 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7002 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7003 from the service's view entirely.
7004
7005 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7006 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7007
7008 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7009 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7010 session.
7011
7012 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7013 legacy-free systems.
7014
7015 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7016 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7017 easily.
7018
7019 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7020 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7021 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7022 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7023 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7024 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7025 option.
7026
7027 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7028 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7029 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7030 /usr.
7031
7032 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7033 services, not only the main process.
7034
7035 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7036 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7037 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7038 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7039 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7040
7041 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7042 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7043 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7044 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7045 directly from now on, again.
7046
7047 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7048 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7049 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7050 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7051 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7052 enabling and disabling.
7053
7054 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7055 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7056 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7057 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7058 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7059 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7060 unnecessary or unlikely.
7061
7062 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7063 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7064 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7065 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7066
7067 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7068 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7069 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7070 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7071 overwritten at runtime.
7072
7073 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7074 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7075 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7076 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7077 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7078 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7079 segmentation fault.
7080
7081 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7082 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7083 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7084 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7085 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7086 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7087 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7088 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7089 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7090 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7091 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7092 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7093 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7094 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7095 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7096 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7097 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7098 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7099 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7100 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7101 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7102 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7103
7104 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7105
7106 CHANGES WITH 216:
7107
7108 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7109 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7110 implementations should add a
7111
7112 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7113
7114 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7115 default functionality.
7116
7117 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7118 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7119 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7120 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7121 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7122 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7123 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7124 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7125 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7126 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7127 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7128 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7129 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7130
7131 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7132 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7133 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7134 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7135 added eventually, too.
7136
7137 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7138 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7139 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7140 new command to update these fields.
7141
7142 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7143 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7144 have been discovered via DHCP.
7145
7146 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7147 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7148 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7149 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7150 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7151 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7152 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7153 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7154 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7155 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7156 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7157 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7158 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7159 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7160 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7161 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7162 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7163 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7164 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7165 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7166
7167 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7168 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7169 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7170
7171 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7172 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7173 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7174 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7175 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7176 control utility for networkd.
7177
7178 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7179 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7180 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7181 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7182 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7183 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7184 (NoDelay=).
7185
7186 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7187 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7188
7189 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7190 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7191 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7192 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7193 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7194 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7195
7196 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7197 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7198 of the link.
7199
7200 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7201 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7202
7203 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7204 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7205
7206 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7207 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7208 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7209 for DHCP.
7210
7211 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7212 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7213 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7214 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7215 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7216 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7217 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7218 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7219
7220 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7221 validation of unit files.
7222
7223 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7224 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7225 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7226 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7227 address may now be configured.
7228
7229 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7230 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7231 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7232 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7233
7234 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7235 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7236
7237 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7238 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7239 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7240 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7241
7242 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7243 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7244 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7245 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7246 implementation.
7247
7248 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7249 journal data to a remote system running
7250 systemd-journal-remote.
7251
7252 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7253 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7254 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7255 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7256 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7257 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7258 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7259 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7260 version, you have to turn this option on again
7261 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7262
7263 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7264 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7265 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7266
7267 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7268 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7269
7270 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7271 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7272
7273 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7274 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7275 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7276
7277 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7278 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7279 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7280 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7281 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7282
7283 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7284
7285 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7286
7287 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7288 when primary addresses are removed.
7289
7290 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7291 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7292 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7293 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7294 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7295 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7296 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7297 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7298 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7299 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7300 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7301 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7302 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7303 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7304 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7305
7306 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7307
7308 CHANGES WITH 215:
7309
7310 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7311 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7312 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7313 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7314 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7315 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7316 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7317 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7318 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7319 require.
7320
7321 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7322 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7323
7324 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7325 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7326 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7327 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7328 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7329 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7330 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7331
7332 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7333 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7334 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7335 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7336 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7337 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7338 update or reset should use this condition and order
7339 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7340 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7341 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7342 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7343 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7344 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7345 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7346 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7347 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7348
7349 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7350
7351 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7352 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7353 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7354 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7355
7356 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7357 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7358 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7359 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7360 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7361 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7362 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7363 .network files using settings of this section should be
7364 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7365 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7366
7367 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7368 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7369
7370 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7371 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7372 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7373 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7374 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7375 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7376 of nspawn instances.
7377
7378 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7379 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7380 added.
7381
7382 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7383 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7384 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7385 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7386 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7387 configuration stored in /etc.
7388
7389 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7390 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7391 parsing of unknown mount options.
7392
7393 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7394 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7395 it already exist and not already be the correct
7396 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7397 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7398 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7399 pre-existing files of different types.
7400
7401 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7402 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7403 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7404 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7405 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7406 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7407 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7408
7409 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7410 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7411 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7412 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7413 shall be executed.
7414
7415 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7416 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7417 example whether it is fully up and running.
7418
7419 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7420 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7421 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7422 reset.
7423
7424 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7425 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7426
7427 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7428 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7429 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7430
7431 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7432 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7433 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7434
7435 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7436 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7437 access to this group.
7438
7439 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7440 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7441 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7442 to the journal.
7443
7444 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7445 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7446 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7447 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7448 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7449 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7450
7451 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7452 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7453 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7454 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7455 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7456 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7457 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7458 the old name to the new name.
7459
7460 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7461 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7462 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7463
7464 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7465 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7466 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7467 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7468 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7469 "systemd-debug-generator".
7470
7471 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7472 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7473 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7474 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7475 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7476 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7477 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7478 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7479 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7480 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7481 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7482
7483 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7484 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7485 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7486 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7487 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7488 machine and user.
7489
7490 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7491 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7492 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7493 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7494 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7495
7496 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7497 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7498 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7499 couple of drop-in directories.
7500
7501 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7502 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7503 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7504 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7505 for dev_port.
7506
7507 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7508 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7509 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7510 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7511
7512 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7513 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7514 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7515 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7516 Restart= setting.
7517
7518 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7519 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7520 directly connect to a specific container on the
7521 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7522 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7523 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7524 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7525 containers is a privileged operation.
7526
7527 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7528 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7529 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7530 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7531 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7532 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7533 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7534 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7535 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7536 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7537 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7538 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7539
7540 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7541
7542 CHANGES WITH 214:
7543
7544 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7545 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7546 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7547 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7548 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7549 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7550 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7551 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7552 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7553 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7554 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7555 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7556 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7557 devices are excluded from this logic.
7558
7559 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7560 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7561 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7562 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7563 change has been released.
7564
7565 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7566 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7567 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7568
7569 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7570 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7571 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7572 with fewer privileges.
7573
7574 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7575 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7576 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7577 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7578
7579 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7580 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7581
7582 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7583 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7584
7585 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7586 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7587 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7588
7589 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7590 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7591 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7592 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7593 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7594 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7595
7596 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7597 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7598 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7599
7600 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7601 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7602 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7603 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7604 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7605 modifications of user data or system files from
7606 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7607 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7608
7609 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7610 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7611 and FIFOs in the file system.
7612
7613 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7614 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7615 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7616
7617 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7618 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7619 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7620 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7621 the socket itself.
7622
7623 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7624 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7625 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7626 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7627 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7628 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7629 symlinks, and nothing else.
7630
7631 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7632 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7633 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7634 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7635 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7636 process (for example, the parent process). The
7637 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7638 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7639 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7640 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7641 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7642 messages to services when the originating process already
7643 vanished.
7644
7645 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7646 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7647 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7648 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7649 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7650 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7651 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7652 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7653 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7654 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7655 all long-running services.
7656
7657 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7658 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7659 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7660 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7661 service.
7662
7663 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7664 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7665 applied to all submounts, too.
7666
7667 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7668
7669 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7670 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7671 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7672 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7673 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7674 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7675 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7676
7677 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7678 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7679 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7680 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7681 (domU) domains.
7682
7683 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7684 files or entire directories.
7685
7686 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7687 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7688 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7689 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7690 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7691
7692 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7693 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7694 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7695 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7696 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7697 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7698 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7699 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7700 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7701 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7702 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7703 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7704
7705 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7706 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7707 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7708 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7709
7710 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7711 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7712 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7713 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7714 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7715 non-directories.
7716
7717 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7718 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7719 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7720
7721 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7722 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7723 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7724 this group.
7725
7726 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7727 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7728 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7729 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7730 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7731 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7732 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7733
7734 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7735
7736 CHANGES WITH 213:
7737
7738 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7739 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7740 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7741 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7742 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7743 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7744 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7745 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7746 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7747 client should be more than appropriate for most
7748 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7749 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7750 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7751 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7752 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7753 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7754 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7755 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7756 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7757 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7758 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7759
7760 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7761 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7762 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7763 part of a different namespace.
7764
7765 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7766 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7767 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7768 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7769
7770 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7771 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7772 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7773
7774 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7775 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7776 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7777 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7778 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7779 restart the service in question.
7780
7781 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7782 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7783 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7784 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7785 details when running non-locally.
7786
7787 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7788 graphs it generates.
7789
7790 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7791 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7792 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7793 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7794 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7795
7796 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7797
7798 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7799 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7800 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7801 what it was on SysV systems.
7802
7803 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7804 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7805
7806 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7807 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7808 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7809
7810 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7811 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7812 to show these addresses in its output.
7813
7814 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7815 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7816 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7817 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7818 preferred over a text one.
7819
7820 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7821 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7822 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7823 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7824 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7825 mDNS cache.
7826
7827 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7828 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7829 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7830 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7831 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7832
7833 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7834 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7835 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7836 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7837 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7838
7839 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7840 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7841 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7842 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7843 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7844 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7845 overrides any other settings.
7846
7847 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7848 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7849 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7850 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7851 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7852 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7853 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7854 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7855 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7856 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7857 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7858 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7859 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7860 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7861 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7862 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7863 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7864
7865 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7866
7867 CHANGES WITH 212:
7868
7869 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7870 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7871 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7872 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7873 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7874 by accident.
7875
7876 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7877 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7878 registered with machined.
7879
7880 * sd-login gained new calls
7881 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7882 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7883 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7884 counterparts.
7885
7886 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7887 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7888 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7889 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7890 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7891 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7892 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7893 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7894 once.
7895
7896 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7897 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7898 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7899
7900 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7901 units on all local containers, when used with the
7902 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7903 executed when no parameters are specified).
7904
7905 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7906 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7907 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7908 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7909
7910 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7911 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7912 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7913 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7914 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7915 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7916
7917 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7918 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7919 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7920 of the container.
7921
7922 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7923 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7924 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7925 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7926 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7927 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7928 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7929 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7930
7931 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7932 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7933 instead of /.
7934
7935 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7936 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7937 emergency messages now.
7938
7939 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7940 journal log messages across the network.
7941
7942 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7943 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7944 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7945 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7946 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7947 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7948 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7949
7950 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7951 down a local OS container.
7952
7953 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7954 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7955 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7956
7957 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7958 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7959 this is appropriate.
7960
7961 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7962 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7963 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7964
7965 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7966 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7967 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7968 for debugging purposes.
7969
7970 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7971 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7972 in seconds.
7973
7974 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7975 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7976 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7977 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7978 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7979 like on traditional inetd.
7980
7981 * A new system.conf configuration option
7982 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7983 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7984
7985 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7986 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7987 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7988 do these days).
7989
7990 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7991 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7992 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7993 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7994 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7995 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7996
7997 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7998 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7999 it will be triggered.
8000
8001 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8002 addresses to its local interfaces.
8003
8004 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8005 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8006 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8007 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8008 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8009 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8010 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8011 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8012 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8013
8014 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8015
8016 CHANGES WITH 211:
8017
8018 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8019 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8020 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8021 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8022 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8023 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8024
8025 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8026 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8027 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8028 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8029 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8030 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8031 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8032 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8033 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8034
8035 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8036 matching against device group names.
8037
8038 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8039 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8040 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8041 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8042 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8043 though.
8044
8045 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8046 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8047 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8048 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8049 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8050 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8051 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8052 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8053 systems prepared appropriately.
8054
8055 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8056 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8057 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8058 (see above). This means that installations made with
8059 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8060 deployed using container managers, completely
8061 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8062 this feature soon, too.)
8063
8064 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8065 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8066 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8067 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8068
8069 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8070 using IPv4LL.
8071
8072 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8073 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8074 systemd-networkd.
8075
8076 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8077 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8078 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8079 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8080 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8081
8082 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8083 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8084 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8085 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8086 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8087 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8088 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8089 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8090 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8091 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8092 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8093 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8094 users.
8095
8096 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8097 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8098 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8099 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8100 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8101 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8102 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8103 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8104 due to a closed lid.
8105
8106 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8107 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8108 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8109 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8110 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8111 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8112
8113 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8114 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8115 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8116 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8117 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8118
8119 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8120 now also work in --scope mode.
8121
8122 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8123 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8124 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8125 promises are made.)
8126
8127 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8128 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8129 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8130 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8131 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8132 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8133 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8134 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8135 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8136 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8137
8138 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8139
8140 CHANGES WITH 210:
8141
8142 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8143 according to SMACK rules.
8144
8145 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8146 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8147
8148 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8149 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8150 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8151
8152 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8153 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8154 and machine ID.
8155
8156 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8157 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8158 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8159 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8160 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8161 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8162 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8163 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8164 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8165 backpack or similar.
8166
8167 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8168 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8169 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8170 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8171 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8172 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8173 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8174 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8175 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8176 this on its own.
8177
8178 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8179 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8180 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8181 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8182
8183 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8184 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8185 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8186 --network-bridge= switches.
8187
8188 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8189 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8190 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8191 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8192 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8193 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8194 each configuration option.
8195
8196 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8197 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8198 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8199 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8200 at once.
8201
8202 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8203 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8204 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8205 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8206 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8207
8208 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8209 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8210 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8211 default however.
8212
8213 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8214 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8215 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8216 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8217 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8218 them with systemd-networkd.
8219
8220 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8221 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8222 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8223 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8224 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8225 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8226 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8227 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8228 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8229 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8230 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8231 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8232 during a transitional period!
8233
8234 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8235 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8236
8237 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8238 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8239 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8240 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8241 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8242 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8243 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8244 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8245
8246 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8247
8248 CHANGES WITH 209:
8249
8250 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8251 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8252 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8253 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8254 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8255 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8256 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8257 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8258 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8259 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8260 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8261 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8262
8263 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8264 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8265 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8266 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8267 machines and the like.
8268
8269 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8270 shutdown/boot.
8271
8272 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8273 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8274
8275 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8276 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8277 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8278 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8279
8280 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8281 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8282 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8283 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8284 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8285 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8286
8287 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8288 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8289 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8290 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8291 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8292 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8293 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8294 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8295 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8296
8297 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8298 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8299
8300 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8301 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8302 implementation.
8303
8304 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8305 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8306 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8307 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8308 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8309 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8310 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8311 and .service units.
8312
8313 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8314 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8315 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8316
8317 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8318 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8319 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8320 nothing makes use of it.
8321
8322 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8323 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8324 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8325
8326 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8327 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8328 compatibility purposes.
8329
8330 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8331 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8332 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8333 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8334 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8335 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8336 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8337 process handling.
8338
8339 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8340 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8341 style to "sd-bus.h".
8342
8343 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8344 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8345 "systemd-networkd".
8346
8347 * There is a new kernel command line option
8348 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8349 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8350 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8351 are not restored.
8352
8353 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8354 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8355 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8356 PID1's support for that anymore.
8357
8358 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8359 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8360
8361 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8362 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8363 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8364 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8365 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8366 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8367
8368 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8369 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8370 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8371 onto remote systems.
8372
8373 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8374 login in any local container. This works with any container
8375 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8376 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8377
8378 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8379 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8380 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8381 system of some kind.
8382
8383 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8384 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8385 next.
8386
8387 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8388 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8389 reboot() system call.
8390
8391 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8392 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8393 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8394 still available but not advertised anymore.
8395
8396 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8397 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8398 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8399 within each Unit.
8400
8401 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8402 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8403 the kernel).
8404
8405 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8406 timestamps (following the setting in
8407 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8408
8409 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8410 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8411
8412 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8413 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8414
8415 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8416 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8417 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8418
8419 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8420 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8421 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8422 the full configuration is shown.
8423
8424 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8425 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8426 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8427
8428 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8429
8430 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8431 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8432
8433 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8434 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8435 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8436 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8437
8438 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8439 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8440 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8441 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8442
8443 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8444 of the legend text.
8445
8446 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8447 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8448 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8449 remote sessions.
8450
8451 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8452 information of SDIO devices.
8453
8454 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8455 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8456 the system manager.
8457
8458 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8459 short description of the connection parameters in the
8460 description.
8461
8462 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8463 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8464 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8465 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8466 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8467 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8468 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8469
8470 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8471 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8472 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8473 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8474 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8475 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8476 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8477 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8478 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8479
8480 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8481 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8482 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8483 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8484 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8485 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8486 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8487 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8488 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8489 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8490 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8491 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8492 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8493 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8494 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8495 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8496 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8497 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8498 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8499 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8500 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8501 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8502 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8503
8504 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8505 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8506 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8507 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8508 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8509 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8510 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8511 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8512 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8513 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8514 APIs.
8515
8516 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8517 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8518 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8519 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8520 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8521 declare the APIs stable.
8522
8523 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8524 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8525 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8526 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8527 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8528 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8529 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8530 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8531 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8532 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8533 one of them is updated.
8534
8535 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8536 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8537 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8538 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8539 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8540
8541 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8542 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8543 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8544 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8545 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8546 entry points.
8547
8548 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8549 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8550 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8551 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8552 been disabled at compile-time.
8553
8554 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8555 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8556 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8557 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8558
8559 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8560 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8561 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8562
8563 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8564 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8565 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8566
8567 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8568 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8569 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8570
8571 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8572 remains until jobs expire.
8573
8574 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8575 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8576 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8577 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8578 all remaining processes of the service.
8579
8580 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8581 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8582 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8583 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8584 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8585 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8586 manager process which created them takes no further
8587 responsibilities for it.
8588
8589 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8590 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8591 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8592 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8593 marked executable or world-writable.
8594
8595 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8596 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8597 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8598 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8599
8600 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8601 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8602 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8603 independent of the host.
8604
8605 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8606 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8607 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8608 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8609
8610 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8611 with specific SELinux labels set.
8612
8613 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8614 any additional output but the container's own console
8615 output.
8616
8617 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8618 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8619
8620 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8621 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8622 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8623 OS images, but only specific apps.
8624
8625 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8626 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8627 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8628 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8629
8630 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8631 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8632 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8633 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8634 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8635 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8636
8637 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8638 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8639 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8640 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8641 units to use.
8642
8643 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8644 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8645 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8646 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8647
8648 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8649 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8650 context for a service.
8651
8652 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8653 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8654 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8655 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8656 influence this logic.
8657
8658 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8659 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8660 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8661 other things.
8662
8663 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8664 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8665 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8666 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8667 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8668 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8669 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8670 architectures). There is also a global
8671 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8672 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8673
8674 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8675 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8676
8677 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8678 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8679 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8680 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8681 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8682 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8683 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8684 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8685 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8686 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8687 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8688 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8689 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8690 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8691 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8692 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8693 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8694 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8695 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8696 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8697 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8698 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8699 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8700 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8701
8702 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8703
8704 CHANGES WITH 208:
8705
8706 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8707 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8708 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8709 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8710 access input and drm devices which are normally
8711 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8712 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8713 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8714 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8715 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8716 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8717 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8718 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8719
8720 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8721 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8722 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8723
8724 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8725 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8726 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8727 kernel version number.
8728
8729 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8730 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8731 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8732
8733 * This release removes high-level support for the
8734 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8735 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8736 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8737 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8738
8739 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8740 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8741 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8742 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8743 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8744 cgroup system.
8745
8746 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8747 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8748 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8749 logs among other things.
8750
8751 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8752 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8753 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8754 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8755 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8756 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8757 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8758 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8759 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8760 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8761 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8762 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8763 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8764 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8765 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8766 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8767 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8768 not delayed until next reboot.
8769
8770 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8771 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8772 systemd generated files in one directory.
8773
8774 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8775 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8776 performance information if that's available to determine how
8777 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8778 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8779 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8780
8781 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8782 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8783 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8784 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8785 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8786 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8787 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8788
8789 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8790
8791 CHANGES WITH 207:
8792
8793 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8794 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8795 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8796 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8797
8798 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8799 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8800 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8801 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8802 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8803
8804 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8805 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8806
8807 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8808 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8809 maximum number of tries.
8810
8811 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8812 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8813 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8814
8815 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8816 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8817
8818 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8819 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8820 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8821
8822 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8823 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8824 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8825
8826 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8827 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8828 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8829 and type).
8830
8831 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8832 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8833
8834 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8835 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8836 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8837 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8838
8839 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8840 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8841 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8842 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8843 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8844 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8845 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8846 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8847
8848 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8849 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8850 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8851 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8852
8853 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8854 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8855 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8856 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8857 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8858 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8859 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8860
8861 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8862 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8863
8864 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8865 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8866 automatically after the process terminated.
8867
8868 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8869 certain paths from operation.
8870
8871 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8872 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8873 is received.
8874
8875 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8876 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8877 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8878 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8879 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8880 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8881 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8882 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8883 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8884 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8885 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8886 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8887 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8888
8889 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8890
8891 CHANGES WITH 206:
8892
8893 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8894 concepts introduced with 205.
8895
8896 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8897 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8898 -r".
8899
8900 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8901 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8902 --state= parameter.
8903
8904 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8905 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8906 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8907 the journal.
8908
8909 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8910 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8911 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8912
8913 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8914 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8915 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8916 browsing logs from that point on.
8917
8918 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8919 of an FSS key.
8920
8921 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8922 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8923 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8924 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8925 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8926 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8927 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8928 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8929 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8930 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8931 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8932 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8933 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8934 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8935
8936 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8937 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8938 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8939 backing module right-away.
8940
8941 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8942 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8943
8944 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8945 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8946
8947 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8948 set of processes in the message metadata.
8949
8950 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8951
8952 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8953 support for passing performance data via environment
8954 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8955 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8956 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8957 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8958 deserialize it again.
8959
8960 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8961 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8962 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8963 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8964
8965 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8966 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8967 completely silent shutdown when used.
8968
8969 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8970 option in .socket units.
8971
8972 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8973 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8974 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8975 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8976 system.slice as before.
8977
8978 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8979
8980 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8981 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8982 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8983 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8984 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8985 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8986 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8987
8988 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8989
8990 CHANGES WITH 205:
8991
8992 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8993
8994 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8995 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8996 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8997 possible for system services and applications to group their
8998 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8999 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9000 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9001
9002 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9003 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9004 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9005 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9006 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9007
9008 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9009 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9010 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9011 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9012
9013 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9014 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9015 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9016 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9017 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9018 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9019 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9020 and useful as a general batch manager.
9021
9022 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9023 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9024 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9025 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9026 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9027 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9028 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9029 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9030 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9031 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9032
9033 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9034 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9035 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9036 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9037 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9038 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9039 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9040 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9041 is compile-time optional.
9042
9043 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9044 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9045 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9046 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9047 well as slice units.
9048
9049 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9050 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9051 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9052 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9053 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9054 command that wraps this call.
9055
9056 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9057 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9058 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9059 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9060 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9061 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9062 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9063
9064 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9065 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9066 off audit.
9067
9068 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9069 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9070
9071 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9072 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9073 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9074 and system logs.
9075
9076 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9077 snippets extending unit files.
9078
9079 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9080 not available as public API.
9081
9082 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9083 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9084 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9085
9086 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9087 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9088 controls what to boot into by default.
9089
9090 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9091 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9092
9093 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9094 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9095 about the unit file loading.
9096
9097 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9098 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9099 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9100 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9101 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9102 racy due to journal file rotation.
9103
9104 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9105 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9106 all services.
9107
9108 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9109 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9110 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9111 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9112 system services want to log events about specific client
9113 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9114 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9115 unit is requested.
9116
9117 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9118 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9119 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9120 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9121 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9122 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9123 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9124 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9125 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9126 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9127 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9128 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9129 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9130
9131 CHANGES WITH 204:
9132
9133 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9134 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9135
9136 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9137 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9138 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9139
9140 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9141 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9142
9143 CHANGES WITH 203:
9144
9145 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9146 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9147
9148 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9149 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9150 fields, including the root directory.
9151
9152 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9153 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9154 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9155 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9156 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9157 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9158 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9159 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9160 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9161 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9162 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9163
9164 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9165 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9166
9167 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9168 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9169
9170 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9171 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9172 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9173 the local hostname.
9174
9175 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9176 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9177 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9178 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9179 VMs/containers coming and going.
9180
9181 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9182 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9183 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9184
9185 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9186 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9187 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9188 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9189
9190 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9191 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9192 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9193
9194 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9195 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9196 services. With the container's root directory in
9197 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9198 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9199
9200 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9201 the processes within a certain container.
9202
9203 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9204 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9205 check though. Patches welcome!
9206
9207 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9208 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9209 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9210 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9211 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9212
9213 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9214 the passed argument if applicable.
9215
9216 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9217 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9218 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9219 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9220 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9221 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9222 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9223 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9224
9225 CHANGES WITH 202:
9226
9227 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9228 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9229 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9230 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9231 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9232 units activate.
9233
9234 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9235 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9236 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9237 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9238 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9239 for now, and not installable.
9240
9241 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9242 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9243 can run in conjunction with udev.
9244
9245 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9246 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9247 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9248 session manager.
9249
9250 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9251 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9252 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9253 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9254 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9255 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9256 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9257 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9258 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9259 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9260 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9261
9262 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9263
9264 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9265 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9266 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9267 logical expressions.
9268
9269 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9270 switches.
9271
9272 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9273 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9274 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9275 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9276 the user.
9277
9278 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9279 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9280 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9281 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9282 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9283 an entry.
9284
9285 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9286 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9287 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9288 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9289 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9290 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9291
9292 CHANGES WITH 201:
9293
9294 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9295 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9296 directory.
9297
9298 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9299 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9300 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9301 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9302 problem.
9303
9304 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9305 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9306 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9307 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9308
9309 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9310 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9311
9312 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9313 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9314 files in this context are files such as
9315 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9316
9317 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9318 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9319 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9320 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9321 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9322 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9323
9324 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9325 hostnames.
9326
9327 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9328 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9329 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9330 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9331 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9332 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9333 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9334 all time-related output of systemd.
9335
9336 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9337 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9338 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9339 loops.
9340
9341 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9342 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9343
9344 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9345 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9346 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9347 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9348 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9349
9350 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9351 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9352 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9353 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9354 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9355 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9356 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9357
9358 CHANGES WITH 200:
9359
9360 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9361 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9362 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9363 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9364 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9365 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9366
9367 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9368 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9369 images.
9370
9371 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9372 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9373 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9374
9375 CHANGES WITH 199:
9376
9377 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9378
9379 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9380 security policy.
9381
9382 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9383 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9384 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9385 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9386 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9387 the same service can still access). When a service is
9388 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9389 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9390 this though).
9391
9392 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9393 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9394 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9395 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9396 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9397 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9398
9399 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9400 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9401
9402 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9403 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9404
9405 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9406
9407 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9408 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9409 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9410 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9411 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9412
9413 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9414 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9415 system is to be mounted.
9416
9417 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9418 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9419 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9420 purpose for socket units.
9421
9422 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9423 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9424
9425 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9426 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9427 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9428 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9429 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9430
9431 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9432 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9433 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9434 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9435 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9436 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9437 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9438 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9439 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9440
9441 CHANGES WITH 198:
9442
9443 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9444 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9445 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9446 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9447 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9448 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9449 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9450 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9451 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9452 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9453 unit files locally: copying the files from
9454 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9455 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9456 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9457 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9458 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9459 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9460 for them too.
9461
9462 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9463 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9464 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9465 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9466 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9467 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9468 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9469 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9470 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9471
9472 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9473 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9474
9475 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9476 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9477 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9478 other users.
9479
9480 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9481 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9482 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9483 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9484 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9485 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9486 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9487 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9488 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9489 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9490 supported.
9491
9492 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9493 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9494 the foreground VT.
9495
9496 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9497 call.
9498
9499 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9500 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9501 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9502 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9503 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9504 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9505 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9506 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9507 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9508 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9509 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9510 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9511 also been removed.
9512
9513 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9514 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9515 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9516 objects themselves.
9517
9518 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9519
9520 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9521 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9522 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9523 to how this is supported in shells.
9524
9525 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9526 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9527 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9528 user systemd instance.
9529
9530 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9531 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9532 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9533 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9534 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9535 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9536 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9537 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9538 one day for good in the kernel.
9539
9540 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9541 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9542 container.
9543
9544 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9545 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9546 the host into the container.
9547
9548 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9549 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9550 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9551 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9552 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9553 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9554
9555 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9556
9557 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9558 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9559 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9560 configured to be mounted there.
9561
9562 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9563 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9564 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9565 system resume events.
9566
9567 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9568 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9569 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9570 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9571
9572 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9573 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9574 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9575 card).
9576
9577 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9578 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9579 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9580
9581 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9582 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9583 later "change" event.
9584
9585 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9586 now carry a message ID.
9587
9588 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9589 continues to be work in progress.
9590
9591 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9592 root directory to operate relative to.
9593
9594 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9595 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9596 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9597 times a little.
9598
9599 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9600 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9601 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9602 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9603 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9604 request boot into firmware operations.
9605
9606 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9607 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9608 correctly in initrds.
9609
9610 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9611 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9612
9613 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9614 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9615
9616 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9617 the status of all active or failed units.
9618
9619 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9620 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9621 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9622 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9623 requests more robust.
9624
9625 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9626 reading journal files.
9627
9628 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9629 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9630
9631 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9632
9633 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9634 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9635
9636 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9637 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9638 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9639 socket activation in daemons.
9640
9641 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9642 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9643
9644 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9645 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9646 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9647
9648 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9649 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9650 system units.
9651
9652 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9653 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9654 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9655
9656 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9657 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9658 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9659 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9660 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9661 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9662 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9663 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9664 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9665 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9666 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9667 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9668 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9669 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9670 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9671 package installation time.
9672
9673 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9674 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9675 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9676 installation time.
9677
9678 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9679 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9680
9681 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9682
9683 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9684 available.
9685
9686 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9687 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9688
9689 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9690 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9691 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9692 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9693 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9694 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9695 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9696 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9697 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9698 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9699 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9700 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9701 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9702 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9703
9704 CHANGES WITH 197:
9705
9706 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9707 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9708 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9709 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9710 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9711 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9712 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9713 the supported calendar time specification language see
9714 systemd.time(7).
9715
9716 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9717 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9718 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9719 document for details:
9720
9721 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9722
9723 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9724 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9725 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9726 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9727 dependencies.
9728
9729 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9730 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9731 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9732 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9733 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9734 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9735 with a configure switch.
9736
9737 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9738 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9739 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9740 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9741 such as ext4.
9742
9743 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9744 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9745 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9746
9747 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9748 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9749
9750 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9751 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9752 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9753 using only core OS tools.
9754
9755 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9756 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9757 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9758 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9759 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9760 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9761 eventually.
9762
9763 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9764 presenting log data.
9765
9766 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9767 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9768
9769 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9770 system on idle.
9771
9772 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9773 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9774 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9775 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9776 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9777 information if possible.
9778
9779 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9780 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9781 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9782
9783 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9784 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9785 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9786 is running on battery power.
9787
9788 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9789 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9790 is in the "failed" state.
9791
9792 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9793 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9794 environment files at once.
9795
9796 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9797 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9798 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9799 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9800 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9801 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9802 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9803 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9804 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9805 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9806 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9807 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9808 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9809
9810 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9811 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9812
9813 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9814 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9815
9816 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9817 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9818 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9819 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9820 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9821 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9822 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9823 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9824 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9825 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9826 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9827 shipped from us upstream.
9828
9829 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9830 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9831 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9832 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9833 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9834 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9835 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9836 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9837 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9838 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9839 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9840 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9841 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9842
9843 CHANGES WITH 196:
9844
9845 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9846 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9847 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9848 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9849 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9850 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9851 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9852 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9853 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9854 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9855 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9856 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9857 data for all devices where this is available, by
9858 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9859 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9860 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9861 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9862 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9863 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9864
9865 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9866 indexed database to link up additional information with
9867 journal entries. For further details please check:
9868
9869 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9870
9871 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9872 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9873 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9874 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9875 macro for this purpose.
9876
9877 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9878 Python logging framework.
9879
9880 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9881 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9882 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9883 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9884 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9885 time intervals.
9886
9887 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9888 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9889 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9890
9891 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9892 right-away on the selected coredump.
9893
9894 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9895 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9896 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9897
9898 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9899 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9900 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9901 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9902
9903 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9904 default.
9905
9906 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9907 SMACK security label.
9908
9909 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9910 daylight saving change.
9911
9912 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9913 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9914 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9915 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9916 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9917 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9918 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9919
9920 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9921 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9922 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9923 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9924 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9925 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9926 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9927
9928 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9929 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9930
9931 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9932 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9933 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9934 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9935 offline updating tools.
9936
9937 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9938 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9939 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9940 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9941 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9942 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9943
9944 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9945 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9946
9947 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9948 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9949 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9950 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9951 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9952 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9953 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9954 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9955 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9956
9957 CHANGES WITH 195:
9958
9959 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9960 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9961 units via --unit=/-u.
9962
9963 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9964 right thing.
9965
9966 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9967 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9968 rotation.
9969
9970 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9971 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9972 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9973 completion of journalctl has been updated
9974 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9975 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9976
9977 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9978 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9979
9980 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9981 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9982 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9983 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9984 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9985 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9986 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9987 completion.
9988
9989 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9990 extract coredumps from the journal.
9991
9992 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9993 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9994 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9995 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9996 scratch their heads.
9997
9998 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9999 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10000
10001 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10002 in immediate termination of systemd.
10003
10004 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10005 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10006
10007 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10008 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10009 mouse screen support has been added.
10010
10011 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10012 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10013
10014 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10015 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10016 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10017 "systemctl reload".
10018
10019 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10020 -u" instead.
10021
10022 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10023 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10024 configured.
10025
10026 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10027 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10028
10029 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10030 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10031 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10032 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10033 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10034 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10035 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10036
10037 CHANGES WITH 194:
10038
10039 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10040 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10041 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10042 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10043 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10044 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10045 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10046 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10047 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10048 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10049 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10050 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10051
10052 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10053 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10054 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10055
10056 CHANGES WITH 193:
10057
10058 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10059 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10060
10061 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10062 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10063 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10064
10065 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10066 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10067 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10068 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10069 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10070 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10071 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10072
10073 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10074 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10075
10076 This will download the journal contents in a
10077 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10078
10079 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10080
10081 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10082 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10083 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10084 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10085 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10086
10087 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10088
10089 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10090 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10091
10092 CHANGES WITH 192:
10093
10094 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10095 too.
10096
10097 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10098 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10099 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10100 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10101 just start them.
10102
10103 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10104 and line break accordingly.
10105
10106 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10107 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10108
10109 CHANGES WITH 191:
10110
10111 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10112 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10113 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10114 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10115 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10116
10117 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10118 will default to 10 if omitted.
10119
10120 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10121 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10122 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10123 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10124 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10125
10126 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10127 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10128 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10129 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10130 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10131 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10132 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10133
10134 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10135 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10136 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10137 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10138 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10139 into two.
10140
10141 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10142 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10143
10144 CHANGES WITH 190:
10145
10146 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10147 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10148 "systemctl status".
10149
10150 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10151 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10152 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10153 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10154 field.)
10155
10156 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10157 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10158 default.
10159
10160 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10161 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10162 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10163 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10164 in a container.
10165
10166 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10167 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10168 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10169 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10170 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10171 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10172
10173 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10174 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10175 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10176 no-op.
10177
10178 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10179 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10180 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10181 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10182 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10183
10184 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10185 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10186
10187 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10188 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10189 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10190 command.
10191
10192 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10193 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10194 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10195
10196 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10197
10198 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10199 multiple files at once.
10200
10201 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10202 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10203 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10204 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10205 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10206 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10207 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10208
10209 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10210 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10211 now support specifiers as well.
10212
10213 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10214 dir: %_presetdir.
10215
10216 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10217 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10218
10219 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10220 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10221 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10222 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10223 anymore.
10224
10225 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10226 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10227 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10228 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10229
10230 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10231 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10232 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10233
10234 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10235 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10236 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10237 sockets.
10238
10239 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10240 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10241 is changed.
10242
10243 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10244 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10245 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10246 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10247 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10248 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10249 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10250
10251 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10252
10253 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10254 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10255
10256 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10257 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10258
10259 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10260 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10261 (%b).
10262
10263 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10264 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10265 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10266 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10267 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10268 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10269 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10270
10271 CHANGES WITH 189:
10272
10273 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10274 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10275
10276 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10277 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10278 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10279 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10280 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10281 syslog daemons again.
10282
10283 * The libudev API gained the new
10284 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10285
10286 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10287 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10288 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10289 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10290
10291 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10292 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10293 container.
10294
10295 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10296 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10297 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10298 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10299 this explaining it in more detail.
10300
10301 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10302 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10303 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10304 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10305
10306 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10307 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10308 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10309 journal files.
10310
10311 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10312 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10313 as container init process a lot more fun.
10314
10315 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10316 entries.
10317
10318 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10319 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10320 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10321 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10322 different sets of services.
10323
10324 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10325 failure state.
10326
10327 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10328 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10329 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10330
10331 CHANGES WITH 188:
10332
10333 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10334 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10335 tree a lot more organized.
10336
10337 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10338 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10339
10340 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10341 services.
10342
10343 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10344 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10345 filtering by log level now.
10346
10347 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10348 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10349 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10350
10351 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10352 command lines involving service unit names.
10353
10354 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10355 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10356
10357 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10358 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10359 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10360
10361 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10362 option.
10363
10364 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10365 a shutdown is cancelled.
10366
10367 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10368 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10369 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10370 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10371 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10372
10373 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10374 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10375 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10376 for display managers instead.
10377
10378 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10379 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10380 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10381 protection, and suchlike.
10382
10383 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10384 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10385 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10386 the service.
10387
10388 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10389 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10390 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10391 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10392 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10393 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10394
10395 CHANGES WITH 187:
10396
10397 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10398 pages.
10399
10400 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10401 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10402 data loss.
10403
10404 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10405 option.
10406
10407 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10408
10409 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10410 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10411
10412 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10413 specific directory.
10414
10415 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10416 messages of two different boots.
10417
10418 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10419 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10420 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10421
10422 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10423 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10424 disjunctions.
10425
10426 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10427 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10428 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10429
10430 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10431 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10432 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10433
10434 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10435 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10436 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10437 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10438 speed things up a bit.
10439
10440 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10441 header data of journal files.
10442
10443 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
10444 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
10445 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10446
10447 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10448 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10449 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10450 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10451
10452 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10453
10454 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10455 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10456 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10457 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10458
10459 CHANGES WITH 186:
10460
10461 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10462 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10463 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10464 prefixed with rd.
10465
10466 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10467 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10468
10469 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10470
10471 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10472
10473 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10474
10475 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10476 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10477 as well.
10478
10479 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10480 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10481 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10482
10483 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10484 does the right thing. Example:
10485
10486 udevadm info /dev/sda
10487 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10488
10489 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10490 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10491 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10492 running.
10493
10494 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10495 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10496
10497 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10498 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10499
10500 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10501 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10502 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10503 files.
10504
10505 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10506 be stopped that is not loaded.
10507
10508 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10509
10510 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10511
10512 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10513 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10514 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10515 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10516
10517 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10518 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10519 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10520 completed initialization.
10521
10522 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10523
10524 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10525 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10526 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10527 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10528 distributions.
10529
10530 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10531 always valid when services log to the journal via
10532 STDOUT/STDERR.
10533
10534 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10535 command line options we understand.
10536
10537 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10538 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10539
10540 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10541 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10542
10543 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10544 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10545 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10546 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10547
10548 systemctl status /home
10549 systemctl status /dev/sda
10550
10551 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10552 system.conf parsing.
10553
10554 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10555 Manager object.
10556
10557 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10558
10559 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10560
10561 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10562 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10563 complete.
10564
10565 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10566 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10567 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10568 systemd-fsck@.service.
10569
10570 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10571 Manager object.
10572
10573 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10574 work sensibly.
10575
10576 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10577 we actually understand.
10578
10579 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10580 additional capabilities to the container.
10581
10582 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10583 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10584 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10585
10586 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10587 the current boot only.
10588
10589 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10590 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10591
10592 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10593 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10594 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10595 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10596 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10597
10598 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10599
10600 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10601 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10602 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10603 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10604
10605 CHANGES WITH 185:
10606
10607 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10608 available.
10609
10610 * Several new man pages have been added.
10611
10612 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10613 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10614 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10615 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10616
10617 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10618 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10619
10620 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10621 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10622 Matthias Clasen
10623
10624 CHANGES WITH 184:
10625
10626 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10627 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10628
10629 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10630 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10631 daemon.
10632
10633 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10634 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10635
10636 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10637 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10638 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10639 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10640
10641 CHANGES WITH 183:
10642
10643 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10644 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10645 and systemd's most recent version number.
10646
10647 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10648 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10649 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10650 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10651 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10652 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10653
10654 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10655 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10656 subsystems.
10657
10658 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10659 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10660 used to subscribe to events.
10661
10662 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10663 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10664 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10665 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10666 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10667 forked by udev rules.
10668
10669 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10670 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10671 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10672 it.
10673
10674 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10675 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10676 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10677 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10678 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10679
10680 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10681 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10682
10683 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10684 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10685 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10686 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10687
10688 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10689 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10690 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10691 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10692 to be used as drop-in files.
10693
10694 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10695 particular suspending and hibernating.
10696
10697 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10698 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10699 about this in more detail.
10700
10701 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10702 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10703 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10704 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10705 from git history and add them downstream.
10706
10707 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10708 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10709 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10710 units.
10711
10712 * All smaller setup units (such as
10713 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10714 are run in a container and are skipped when
10715 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10716 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10717
10718 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10719 integrated, for details see:
10720 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10721
10722 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10723 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10724 messages.
10725
10726 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10727 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10728 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10729 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10730 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10731
10732 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10733 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10734 for all units started by PID 1.
10735
10736 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10737 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10738 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10739
10740 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10741 of PID 1 anymore.
10742
10743 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10744 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10745 have not been read by systemd yet.
10746
10747 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10748 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10749 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10750 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10751 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10752 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10753
10754 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10755 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10756
10757 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10758
10759 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10760 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10761 so sexy.
10762
10763 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10764 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10765 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10766 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10767 patterns.
10768
10769 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10770 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10771 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10772 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10773
10774 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10775 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10776
10777 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10778 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10779 in systemd now.
10780
10781 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10782 ID on the command line.
10783
10784 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10785 for an init system.
10786
10787 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10788 vt100.
10789
10790 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10791
10792 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10793 components now have directories of their own.
10794
10795 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10796
10797 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10798 container in other hierarchies.
10799
10800 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10801 system.conf.
10802
10803 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10804
10805 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10806 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10807
10808 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10809 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10810
10811 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10812 locally generated journal files.
10813
10814 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10815
10816 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10817
10818 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10819 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10820 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10821 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10822 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10823 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10824 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10825 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10826 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10827 Gundersen
10828
10829 CHANGES WITH 44:
10830
10831 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10832
10833 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10834 KVM or container configured UUID.
10835
10836 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10837
10838 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10839
10840 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10841 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10842
10843 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10844
10845 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10846 folks
10847
10848 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10849 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10850 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10851
10852 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10853 configuration
10854
10855 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10856 free fashion
10857
10858 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10859 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10860 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10861 automatically generated data.
10862
10863 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10864 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10865 however.
10866
10867 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10868 tarball.
10869
10870 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10871 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10872 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10873 Reding
10874
10875 CHANGES WITH 43:
10876
10877 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10878
10879 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10880
10881 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10882
10883 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10884 normal user logins.
10885
10886 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10887 Biebl
10888
10889 CHANGES WITH 42:
10890
10891 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10892
10893 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10894 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10895 xsltproc.
10896
10897 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10898 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10899 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10900
10901 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10902 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10903 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10904
10905 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10906
10907 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10908 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10909 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10910
10911 CHANGES WITH 41:
10912
10913 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10914 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10915 package update.
10916
10917 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10918 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10919 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10920
10921 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10922 complete.
10923
10924 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10925 understood to set system wide environment variables
10926 dynamically at boot.
10927
10928 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10929
10930 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10931 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10932 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10933 files.
10934
10935 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10936 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10937 William Douglas
10938
10939 CHANGES WITH 40:
10940
10941 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10942
10943 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10944 "Result" D-Bus property.
10945
10946 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10947 the next few releases.)
10948
10949 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10950 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10951 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10952 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10953
10954 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10955 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10956 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10957
10958 CHANGES WITH 39:
10959
10960 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10961 bugfixes.
10962
10963 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10964 resource usage.
10965
10966 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10967 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10968 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10969 journals by the respective users.
10970
10971 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10972 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10973 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10974
10975 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10976 client for all entries.
10977
10978 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10979
10980 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10981 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10982
10983 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10984 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10985 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10986 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10987
10988 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10989 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10990 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10991
10992 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10993 journal along with meta data.
10994
10995 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10996 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10997 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10998
10999 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11000 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11001 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11002
11003 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11004
11005 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11006 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11007 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11008 or fsck.
11009
11010 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11011 requested with new -k switch.
11012
11013 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11014 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11015
11016 CHANGES WITH 38:
11017
11018 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11019 bugfixes.
11020
11021 * The git repository moved to:
11022 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11023 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11024
11025 * First release with the journal
11026 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11027
11028 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11029 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11030
11031 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11032
11033 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11034
11035 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11036 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11037 remote mounts.
11038
11039 * Added Mageia support
11040
11041 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11042
11043 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11044 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11045 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11046 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11047 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11048
11049 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11050 of existing distributions.
11051
11052 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11053 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11054
11055 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11056 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11057 boot.
11058
11059 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11060
11061 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11062 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11063 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11064 among other things.
11065
11066 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11067 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11068
11069 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11070
11071 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11072 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11073 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11074
11075 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11076 restored.
11077
11078 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11079 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11080 kmod
11081
11082 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11083 of /usr/local by default.
11084
11085 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11086 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11087 in:
11088 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11089
11090 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11091 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11092 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11093 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11094 supported anyway, and bad style).
11095
11096 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11097 reloading of units together.
11098
11099 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11100 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11101 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11102 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11103 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek